WO2025186891A1 - Flavor-generating article - Google Patents
Flavor-generating articleInfo
- Publication number
- WO2025186891A1 WO2025186891A1 PCT/JP2024/008205 JP2024008205W WO2025186891A1 WO 2025186891 A1 WO2025186891 A1 WO 2025186891A1 JP 2024008205 W JP2024008205 W JP 2024008205W WO 2025186891 A1 WO2025186891 A1 WO 2025186891A1
- Authority
- WO
- WIPO (PCT)
- Prior art keywords
- flavor
- generating article
- section
- generating
- sheet member
- Prior art date
- Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
- Pending
Links
Classifications
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A24—TOBACCO; CIGARS; CIGARETTES; SIMULATED SMOKING DEVICES; SMOKERS' REQUISITES
- A24D—CIGARS; CIGARETTES; TOBACCO SMOKE FILTERS; MOUTHPIECES FOR CIGARS OR CIGARETTES; MANUFACTURE OF TOBACCO SMOKE FILTERS OR MOUTHPIECES
- A24D1/00—Cigars; Cigarettes
- A24D1/20—Cigarettes specially adapted for simulated smoking devices
Definitions
- Flavor-generating articles used in flavor inhalers for inhaling flavors and the like without burning a material are known.
- a flavor-generating article is known that includes an aerosol-forming substrate that generates an aerosol, and a plug that is placed on the tip side (upstream side) of this aerosol-forming substrate (see Patent Document 1).
- Patent Document 1 The plug disclosed in Patent Document 1 is provided in a flavor-generating product for the purpose of preventing the aerosol-forming substrate from being released from the tip of the rod during handling of the flavor-generating product.
- One object of the present invention is to provide a flavor-generating product with a plug that has additional functions.
- a flavor-generating article comprises a flavor-generating section and an upstream section arranged upstream of the flavor-generating section.
- the upstream section has a first section and a second section. In a cross section perpendicular to the direction in which the flavor-generating section and the upstream section are adjacent to each other, the first section and the second section are arranged adjacent to each other.
- the second section is arranged closer to the heating member than the first section.
- the upstream section has a first sheet member arranged between the first section and the second section, and a second sheet member arranged outside the second section.
- the second section is configured to shrink when heated. At least one of the first sheet member and the second sheet member is configured to deform in accordance with the shrinkage of the second section.
- the second portion of the upstream section can be heated more easily than the first portion, causing the second portion to shrink due to heating. Furthermore, as the second portion shrinks due to heating, at least one of the first sheet member and the second sheet member deforms, thereby increasing the inhalation resistance of the second portion.
- this upstream section has the additional function of changing the inhalation resistance. Specifically, for example, in the early stage of a smoking session, air is preferentially passed through the second portion, which has a lower inhalation resistance, and in the later stage of the smoking session, the inhalation resistance of the second portion is increased by heating, causing air to preferentially pass through the first portion.
- the second section may be arranged to surround the first section.
- the second portion may include cellulose acetate.
- the second part can be appropriately shrunk by appropriately heating the second part.
- the second portion may contain a plasticizer.
- the temperature at which the second part begins to shrink can be lowered, allowing the second part to shrink with less energy.
- the plasticizer can be, for example, triacetin.
- the energy required for shrinkage of the second portion can be reduced while suppressing dissolution of the second portion.
- the plasticizer content is less than 6% by weight, the temperature at which the second portion begins to shrink becomes high, requiring a relatively high amount of energy for shrinkage of the second portion.
- the plasticizer content is more than 9% by weight, there is a risk of partial dissolution of the second portion. It is preferable that the plasticizer content in the second portion be greater than the plasticizer content in the first portion.
- the first and second portions are composed of cellulose acetate
- the triacetin content in the second portion may be 9% by weight
- the triacetin content in the first portion may be 6% by weight.
- the upstream portion of the second part will not thermally shrink as much as the downstream portion in the later stages of a smoking session, so even if the upstream portion is exposed, changes in the appearance of the upstream portion after smoking can be suppressed. Note that the upstream portion of the second part does not necessarily have to shrink due to heat.
- One of the first sheet member and the second sheet member may deform as the second portion contracts.
- the amount of air flowing into the second section can be increased in the latter part of the smoking session compared to the earlier part, allowing the flavor generated in the flavor generating section to be delivered more efficiently.
- air can be made to pass preferentially through the second flavor source
- air in the later part of the smoking session, air can be made to pass preferentially through the first flavor source due to changes in the suction resistance in the upstream section.
- the separator can prevent air that has flowed into one of the first and second flavor sources from flowing out to the other of the first and second flavor sources, allowing air to pass through the desired flavor source.
- the flavor-generating article may include a downstream portion located downstream of the flavor-generating portion, and the downstream portion may have an opening that allows air to flow from the outside to the inside.
- the aerosol dilution rate can be adjusted between the early and later stages of the smoking session, allowing the flavor balance to be adjusted throughout the smoking session.
- the downstream section may have a filter section and a hollow tube section formed in a cylindrical shape between the flavor generating section and the filter section, and the opening may be located in the hollow tube section.
- the ratio of the amount of air inflow from the upstream portion to the amount of air inflow from the opening during the early part of a smoking session may be different from the ratio of the amount of air inflow from the upstream portion to the amount of air inflow from the opening during the later part of a smoking session.
- the aerosol dilution rate can be adjusted between the early and later stages of a smoking session, allowing the flavor balance to be adjusted throughout the smoking session.
- the amount of air flowing through the opening during the latter part of a smoking session may be greater than the amount of air flowing through the opening during the earlier part of a smoking session.
- the upstream section may have a ventilation hole on its side that allows air to flow from the outside to the inside.
- air can flow into the upstream portion (specifically, the second portion) from the air vent, making it easier to adjust the balance of suction resistance between the first and second portions.
- FIG. 1 is a diagram showing a smoking system according to an embodiment of the present invention
- FIG. 2 is an exploded perspective view of the flavor-generating article.
- 1 is a schematic cross-sectional view of a flavor generating article.
- FIG. 2 is a detailed cross-sectional view of the tip plug.
- FIG. 10 is a detailed cross-sectional view of an example of a distal plug with the second portion contracted.
- FIG. 10 is a detailed cross-sectional view of an example of a distal plug with the second portion contracted.
- FIG. 10 is a schematic cross-sectional view of a flavor generating article according to another embodiment.
- the flavor generating article 110 is a substrate containing a flavor source such as tobacco capable of generating a smokable flavor, and has, for example, a columnar shape extending along the longitudinal direction.
- the flavor generating article 110 may be, for example, a tobacco stick.
- the flavor generating article 110 may have a cylindrical shape, a columnar shape with a polygonal cross section, or a flattened shape.
- the term "longitudinal direction" refers to the length direction of the flavor generating article 110, or the direction in which the tip plug 112 and flavor generating section 220, described below, are adjacent to each other.
- the control unit 20 is composed of a CPU, memory, etc., and controls the operation of the flavor inhaler 120, including the heating unit 30. For example, the control unit 20 starts heating the flavor generating article 110 in response to user operation of an input device such as a push button or slide switch (not shown), and stops heating the flavor generating article 110 after a certain period of time has passed. The control unit 20 may stop heating the flavor generating article 110 even before a certain period of time has passed since heating of the flavor generating article 110 began if the number of puffs performed by the user exceeds a certain value. For example, puffing is detected by a sensor (not shown).
- control unit 20 may start heating the flavor-generating article 110 in response to the start of a puffing action, and may end heating the flavor-generating article 110 in response to the end of the puffing action.
- the control unit 20 may also end heating the flavor-generating article 110 when a certain amount of time has elapsed since the start of the puffing action, even before the end of the puffing action.
- the control unit 20 is disposed between the battery 10 and the heating unit 30, and suppresses heat transfer from the heating unit 30 to the battery 10.
- the smoking system 100 shown in Figure 1 has a so-called counterflow type air flow path, but is not limited to this. It may also have a so-called bottom flow type air flow path in which air is supplied from the bottom of the heating unit 30 to the interior of the heating unit 30 and the flavor-generating article 110.
- the flavor generating article 110 comprises, in order from the tip side (i.e., the side opposite the mouthpiece), the tip plug 112, the flavor generating section 220, a hollow tube section 132, a hollow filter section 240, and a filter plug 250. These five components are connected using an outer plug wrap 280, an outer plug wrap 260, and tipping paper 270.
- the resistance of draw in the longitudinal direction per flavor-generating article 110 is not particularly limited, but from the viewpoint of ease of draw, it is typically 8 mmH2O or more, preferably 10 mmH2O or more, more preferably 12 mmH2O or more, and typically 150 mmH2O or less, preferably 100 mmH2O or less, more preferably 80 mmH2O or less, and even more preferably 60 mmH2O or less.
- the resistance of draw of flavor-generating article 110 is preferably 30 mmH2O or more and 150 mmH2O or less. In this case, a comfortable resistance of draw can be provided to the user.
- the stick-shaped flavor generating article 110 preferably has a columnar shape that satisfies the aspect ratio defined below as 1 or greater.
- Aspect ratio h/w w is the width of the bottom surface of the columnar body (in this specification, this is the width of the bottom surface on the flavor generating section 220 side), and h is the height, and it is preferable that h ⁇ w.
- the long axis direction is defined as the direction indicated by h. Therefore, even if w ⁇ h, the direction indicated by h will be referred to as the long axis direction for convenience.
- the shape of the bottom surface is not limited and may be polygonal, rounded polygonal, circular, elliptical, or the like.
- the width w is the diameter if the bottom surface is circular, the major axis if it is elliptical, or the diameter of the circumscribing circle or the major axis of the circumscribing ellipse if the bottom surface is polygonal or rounded polygonal.
- the width w of the bottom surface of the columnar body of the flavor-generating article 110 is not particularly limited, and is typically 5 mm or more, and preferably 5.5 mm or more. It is also typically 10 mm or less, preferably 9 mm or less, and more preferably 8 mm or less.
- the ratio (hollow tube portion 132:filter segment) of the length of the hollow tube portion 132 and the filter segment (total length of the hollow filter portion 240 and filter plug 250) to the longitudinal length of the flavor generating article 110 is not particularly limited, but from the standpoint of the amount of flavor delivered and the appropriate aerosol temperature, it is typically 0.60-1.40:0.60-1.40, preferably 0.80-1.20:0.80-1.20, more preferably 0.85-1.15:0.85-1.15, even more preferably 0.90-1.10:0.90-1.10, and particularly preferably 0.95-1.05:0.95-1.05.
- the length ratio of the hollow tube portion 132 and the filter segments (hollow filter portion 240 and filter plug 250) within the above range, it is possible to achieve a cooling effect, reduce losses due to adhesion of generated steam and aerosol to the inner wall of the hollow tube portion 132, and balance the filter's air volume and flavor adjustment functions to provide a good and strong flavor.
- the hollow tube portion 132 is made longer, the aerosol and other particles will be more easily broken down, resulting in a good flavor, but if it is too long, substances passing through will adhere to the inner wall.
- the flavor generating section 220 is disposed adjacent to and downstream of the tip plug 112.
- the flavor generating section 220 comprises a flavor source 221 and cigarette paper 222 around which the flavor source 221 is wrapped.
- the form of the flavor generating section 220 is not particularly limited as long as it is a known form, but typically, the flavor source 221 is wrapped in cigarette paper 222.
- the flavor source 221 is wrapped in cigarette paper 222 so that it faces inward to form the flavor generating section 220. If there are no manufacturing issues, the cigarette paper 222 may be omitted from the flavor generating section 220.
- the flavor source 221 may contain a tobacco filler.
- the tobacco filler is not particularly limited, and the first tobacco filler or the second tobacco filler described below may be used.
- dried tobacco molded products such as tobacco shreds, tobacco sheets, tobacco granules, etc. described below may sometimes be simply referred to as "dried tobacco leaves.”
- the flavor generating unit 220 may also have a fitting portion for engaging with a heat source 40 for heating the tobacco product.
- the flavor generating section 220 which is formed by wrapping the flavor source 221 in wrapping paper 222, preferably has a columnar shape.
- the aspect ratio which is expressed as the height of the flavor generating section 220 in the major axis direction relative to the width of the bottom surface of the flavor generating section 220, is 1 or greater.
- the shape of the bottom surface is not limited and may be polygonal, rounded polygonal, circular, elliptical, etc.
- the width of the bottom surface is the diameter if the bottom surface is circular, the major axis if the bottom surface is elliptical, and the diameter of the circumscribing circle or the major axis of the circumscribing ellipse if the bottom surface is polygonal or rounded polygonal.
- the length of the flavor generating section 220 in the longitudinal direction can be adjusted appropriately to suit the size of the product, but is typically 10 mm or more, preferably 12 mm or more, and typically 70 mm or less, preferably 50 mm or less, more preferably 30 mm or less, even more preferably 25 mm or less, and even more preferably 20 mm or less.
- the ratio of the length of the flavor generating section 220 to the overall length in the longitudinal direction of the flavor generating article 110 is not particularly limited, but from the viewpoint of the balance between the delivery amount and the aerosol temperature, it is usually 10% or more, preferably 20% or more, and usually 80% or less, preferably 70% or less, more preferably 60% or less, even more preferably 50% or less, particularly preferably 45% or less, and most preferably 40% or less.
- the content of dried tobacco leaves in the flavor generating section 220 is not particularly limited, but examples include 150 mg or more and 800 mg or less per rod part, and preferably 200 mg or more and 600 mg or less per rod part.
- Various types of tobacco can be used for the tobacco leaves used to produce the shredded tobacco and homogenized sheets. Examples include flue-cured tobacco, burley, oriental tobacco, native tobacco, other Nicotiana tabacum varieties, Nicotiana rustica varieties, and mixtures thereof. Mixtures can be made by blending the above varieties appropriately to achieve the desired flavor. Details of the tobacco varieties are disclosed in the "Encyclopedia of Tobacco," published by the Tobacco Research Center on March 31, 2009. Several conventional methods are known for producing the homogenized sheets, i.e., grinding tobacco leaves and processing them into homogenized sheets. The first method is to produce a paper-making sheet using a papermaking process.
- the second method involves mixing a suitable solvent, such as water, with ground tobacco leaves to homogenize them, then casting a thin layer of the homogenized mixture on a metal plate or metal belt and drying it to produce a cast sheet.
- the third method involves mixing a suitable solvent, such as water, with ground tobacco leaves to homogenize them, and extruding the mixture into a sheet to produce a rolled sheet. Details of the types of homogenizing sheets mentioned above are disclosed in "Encyclopedia of Tobacco," Tobacco Research Center, March 31, 2009.
- dried tobacco leaves may be ground to an average particle size of approximately 20 ⁇ m to 200 ⁇ m, homogenized, processed into a sheet, and then shredded to a width of between 0.5 mm and 2.0 mm for use in the first tobacco filler.
- the first tobacco filler may contain an aerosol base that generates an aerosol.
- the type of aerosol base is not particularly limited, and extracts from various natural products and/or their constituent components can be selected depending on the application.
- Examples of aerosol bases include glycerin, propylene glycol, triacetin, 1,3-butanediol, and mixtures thereof.
- the first tobacco filler may contain a flavoring.
- the type of flavoring is not particularly limited, and examples of flavorings that can be used to impart a good flavor include acetanisole, acetophenone, acetylpyrazine, 2-acetylthiazole, alfalfa extract, amyl alcohol, amyl butyrate, trans-anethole, star anise oil, apple juice, Peru balsam oil, beeswax absolute, benzaldehyde, benzoin resinoid, benzyl alcohol, benzyl benzoate, benzyl phenylacetate, benzyl propionate, 2,3-butanedione, 2-butanol, butyl butyrate, butyric acid, caramel, cardamom oil, carob oil, and the like.
- the content of flavoring in the first tobacco filler is not particularly limited, but from the viewpoint of imparting a good flavor, it is usually 10,000 ppm or more, preferably 20,000 ppm or more, more preferably 25,000 ppm or more, and usually 70,000 ppm or less, preferably 50,000 ppm or less, more preferably 40,000 ppm or less, and even more preferably 33,000 ppm or less.
- the packing density of the first tobacco packing is not particularly limited, but from the viewpoint of ensuring the performance of the flavor generating article 110 and imparting a good flavor, it is usually 250 mg/ cm3 or more, preferably 300 mg/ cm3 or more, and is usually 400 mg/ cm3 or less, preferably 350 mg/ cm3 or less.
- the second tobacco filler is composed of a tobacco sheet packed into a filler (e.g., cigarette paper 222).
- the number of tobacco sheets may be one or more.
- the second tobacco filler may be packed in a state where a tobacco sheet with one side having a length approximately equal to the longitudinal direction of the filler is folded multiple times along folds approximately parallel to the longitudinal direction of the filler (so-called gathered sheet).
- Another example of the above is a state where a tobacco sheet with one side having a length approximately equal to the longitudinal direction of the filler is packed in a state where it is wound around the longitudinal axis of the filler.
- the second tobacco filler is composed of two or more tobacco sheets
- multiple tobacco sheets one side of which has a length approximately the same as the longitudinal axis of the filler
- "Arranged concentrically" means that the centers of all the tobacco sheets are located at approximately the same position.
- the number of tobacco sheets is not particularly limited, but examples include two, three, four, five, six, or seven.
- the two or more tobacco sheets may all have the same composition or physical properties, or some or all of the tobacco sheets may have different compositions or physical properties.
- the thickness of each tobacco sheet may be the same or different.
- the second tobacco filler can be manufactured by preparing multiple tobacco sheets of different widths, stacking them so that the width decreases from the bottom to the top, and then passing this through a rolling tube to roll and shape it.
- the multiple tobacco sheets extend in the longitudinal direction and are arranged concentrically around the longitudinal axis.
- a fitting portion extending in the longitudinal direction may also be formed between the longitudinal axis and the innermost tobacco sheet.
- the laminate is preferably prepared so that non-contact portions are formed between adjacent tobacco sheets after rolling.
- the presence of non-contact portions (gaps) between multiple tobacco sheets where the tobacco sheets do not come into contact ensures flavor flow paths, improving the delivery efficiency of flavor components.
- heat from the heater can be transferred to the outer tobacco sheets via the contact portions of the multiple tobacco sheets, ensuring high heat transfer efficiency.
- Methods for providing non-contact portions where the tobacco sheets do not come into contact between multiple tobacco sheets include, for example, using embossed tobacco sheets, stacking adjacent tobacco sheets without bonding their entire surfaces together, bonding adjacent tobacco sheets together in part, or preparing a laminate by lightly bonding adjacent tobacco sheets together in part or all of them so that they can be peeled off after rolling.
- the cigarette paper 222 may be placed at the bottom of the laminate.
- a cylindrical dummy such as a mandrel can be placed on top of the laminate to form the second tobacco filler, and then the dummy can be removed to form the fitting portion.
- the packing density of the second tobacco filler is not particularly limited, but from the viewpoint of ensuring the performance of the flavor generating article 110 and imparting a good flavor, it is usually 250 mg/ cm3 or more, preferably 300 mg/ cm3 or more, and is usually 400 mg/ cm3 or less, preferably 350 mg/ cm3 or less.
- the tobacco sheet may contain an aerosol base material that generates an aerosol when heated.
- the aerosol base material is an aerosol source such as glycerin, propylene glycol, or a polyol such as 1,3-butanediol.
- the amount of such aerosol base material added is preferably 5% by weight or more and 50% by weight or less, and more preferably 15% by weight or more and 25% by weight or less, based on the dry weight of the tobacco sheet.
- Tobacco sheets can be manufactured appropriately using known methods such as papermaking, slurry, rolling, etc.
- the homogenized sheet described in the first tobacco filler can also be used.
- they can be manufactured using a method including the following steps: 1) Dried tobacco leaves are coarsely crushed and extracted with water to separate them into an aqueous extract and a residue. 2) The aqueous extract is dried and concentrated under reduced pressure. 3) Pulp is added to the residue, which is then fiberized in a refiner and made into paper. 4) The concentrated aqueous extract is added to the paper-made sheet and dried to produce a tobacco sheet. In this case, a step of removing some components such as nitrosamines may be added (see JP 2004-510422 A).
- the slurry method they can be manufactured using a method including the following steps: 1) Water, pulp, and a binder are mixed with crushed tobacco leaves. 2) The mixture is thinly spread (cast) and dried. In this case, a step may be added in which a slurry of water, pulp, binder, and crushed tobacco leaves is irradiated with ultraviolet light or X-rays to remove some of the components, such as nitrosamines.
- a nonwoven tobacco sheet can also be used, which is produced by a method comprising the following steps: 1) mixing powdered tobacco leaves with a binder; 2) sandwiching the mixture between nonwoven fabrics; and 3) forming the layered product into a fixed shape by heat welding to obtain a nonwoven tobacco sheet.
- the raw tobacco leaves used in each of the above methods can be of the same type as those described for the first filler.
- the composition of the tobacco sheet is not particularly limited, but for example, the content of tobacco raw material (tobacco leaves) is preferably 50% by weight or more and 95% by weight or less relative to the total weight of the tobacco sheet.
- the tobacco sheet may also contain a binder, such as guar gum, xanthan gum, CMC (carboxymethylcellulose), CMC-Na (sodium salt of carboxymethylcellulose), etc.
- the amount of binder is preferably 1% by weight or more and 10% by weight or less relative to the total weight of the tobacco sheet.
- the tobacco sheet may also contain other additives. Examples of additives include fillers such as pulp. In this embodiment, multiple tobacco sheets are used, and these may all have the same composition or physical properties, or some or all of the tobacco sheets may have different compositions or physical properties.
- each tobacco sheet there are no restrictions on the thickness of each tobacco sheet, but in terms of the balance between heat transfer efficiency and strength, a thickness of 150 ⁇ m or more and 1000 ⁇ m or less is preferred, and a thickness of 200 ⁇ m or more and 600 ⁇ m or less is even more preferred.
- the thickness of each tobacco sheet may be the same or different.
- the flavor generating unit 220 may contain dried tobacco leaves (dried tobacco leaves) and a flavor-containing material in which a flavor is encapsulated in a polysaccharide gel.
- the flavor-containing material is a material in which a flavor is encapsulated in a polysaccharide gel.
- a flavor is directly incorporated into the flavor generating unit 220, the flavor volatilizes during preheating, and most of it is delivered in the early stage of the smoking session, which is thought to result in an insufficient amount of flavor being delivered in the later stages of the smoking session.
- the flavor is coated with a polysaccharide gel, which suppresses the evaporation of the flavor during preheating and allows the flavor to be gradually released during smoking. Therefore, it is believed that a sufficient amount of flavor can be delivered even in the latter stages of a smoking session.
- the content of fragrance in the fragrance-containing material will vary depending on the type of fragrance, the type of polysaccharide, etc., but is usually 18% by mass or more, preferably 50% by mass or more, more preferably 60% by mass or more, and is usually 90% by mass or less, preferably 80% by mass or less.
- the type of polysaccharide is not particularly limited, but is preferably a single-component system of carrageenan, agar, gellan gum, tamarind gum, psyllium seed gum, or konjac glucomannan; or a composite system combining two or more components selected from the group consisting of carrageenan, locust bean gum, guar gum, agar, gellan gum, tamarind gum, xanthan gum, tara gum, konjac glucomannan, starch, cassia gum, and psyllium seed gum.
- polysaccharides gel simply by heating them in aqueous solution to 30°C to 90°C, eliminating the need for gelling reagents such as metal chlorides when preparing the flavor-containing material, and are therefore preferred in that they do not generate undesirable components in mainstream smoke during smoking, such as decomposition products of chlorides.
- the fragrance-containing material may contain an emulsifier used to emulsify the raw materials during its preparation.
- an emulsifier used to emulsify the raw materials during its preparation.
- emulsifier there are no particular limitations on the type of emulsifier, and examples include lecithin, glycerin fatty acid esters, polyglycerin fatty acid esters, sorbitan fatty acid esters, polyoxyethylene sorbitan fatty acid esters, propylene glycol fatty acid esters, and sucrose fatty acid esters, with lecithin being preferred.
- lecithin being preferred.
- These emulsifiers may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
- the method for preparing the fragrance-containing material is not particularly limited, and the material can be prepared by a method similar to a known method. Known methods include those described in WO 2011/118040, JP 2013-099349, WO 2012/118034, etc. More specifically, the fragrance-containing material can be prepared, for example, by a method including the following steps (i) and (ii): (i) a step of preparing an aqueous solution of a polysaccharide by heating a mixture of a polysaccharide and water to a temperature of typically 30°C to 90°C, preferably 60°C to 90°C; and (ii) a step of adding a flavoring agent and, if necessary, an emulsifier to the aqueous solution and kneading the mixture to obtain an emulsion slurry.
- the content of the flavor-containing material in the flavor generating unit 220 depends on the content of the flavor in the flavor-containing material, but is typically 1% by mass or more, preferably 5% by mass or more, and typically 20% by mass or less, preferably 10% by mass or less, relative to the dried tobacco leaf. Furthermore, the flavor generating unit 220 contains a flavor-containing material such that the content of the flavor contained in the flavor-containing material is typically 1 mg or more, preferably 5 mg or more, more preferably 10 mg or more, and typically 30 mg or less, preferably 20 mg or less.
- the content of the flavor-containing material in the flavor generating unit 220 within the above range, not only can a good flavor note be imparted, but variation in the amount of flavor delivered from puff to puff from the early to late stages of a smoking session can be reduced, and a sufficient amount of flavor can be delivered in all three stages of a smoking session.
- the manner in which the flavor-containing material is blended into the flavor generating section 220 is not particularly limited, and the flavor-containing material may be placed inside and/or outside the wrapping paper 222 that wraps the flavor source 221, the wrapping paper 222 may be impregnated with the flavor-containing material, or the flavor source 221 may be blended with the flavor-containing material.
- the emulsion slurry may be applied to the wrapping paper 222, or the emulsion slurry may be sequentially cast onto a substrate and dried to form a flavor-containing sheet, which is then wrapped around the flavor source 221 together with the wrapping paper.
- the wrapping paper 222 impregnated with the flavor-containing material can be produced by impregnating the wrapping paper 222 with the emulsion slurry and drying it. Furthermore, when a flavor-containing material is blended into the flavor source 221, the emulsion slurry may be applied to or impregnated into dried tobacco leaves, or the flavor-containing sheet or its shredded or pulverized form may be mixed with dried tobacco.
- the flavor source 221 may be block-shaped or, for example, cylindrical. If the flavor source 221 is cylindrical, a gap may be formed inside the flavor source 221, extending in the direction in which the flavor source 221 and the tip plug 112 are adjacent. In this case, the flavor source 221 is located outside the flavor-generating article 110, and the gap is located inside the flavor source 221. Therefore, when the flavor-generating article 110 is heated from the outside in the flavor inhaler 120, the flavor source 221 can be heated efficiently. Furthermore, when using a flavor inhaler 120 that heats the flavor-generating article 110 from the outside, the flavor source 221 is not located inside the flavor-generating article 110, which is a position where heat is not easily transmitted and which is unlikely to contribute to the generation of vapor or aerosol.
- the cylindrical flavor source 221 may be formed, for example, by rolling a sheet-shaped flavor source 221 into a cylindrical shape.
- the flavor generating unit 220 (flavor source 221) has a block-shaped first flavor source 221a and a cylindrical second flavor source 221b.
- the composition of the cigarette paper 222 used in the flavor-generating product 110 is not particularly limited and can be of any common type.
- the cigarette paper can be primarily made of pulp.
- Pulp can be wood pulp such as softwood pulp or hardwood pulp, flax pulp, hemp pulp, sisal pulp, esparto, or other pulps commonly used in cigarette paper for tobacco products, and the cigarette paper can be obtained by papermaking using one or more of these pulps. These pulps can be used alone or in combination of multiple types in any ratio.
- Pulp can be chemical pulp obtained by kraft cooking, acidic, neutral, or alkaline sulfite cooking, soda cooking, etc., ground pulp, chemi-ground pulp, thermomechanical pulp, etc.
- the above pulp can be used in the papermaking process using a Fourdrinier paper machine, a cylinder paper machine, or a combined cylinder/short-cylinder paper machine to produce cigarette paper with a uniform and even texture.
- a wet strength agent can be added to the cigarette paper to make it water-resistant, or a sizing agent can be added to adjust the printing quality of the cigarette paper.
- internal papermaking aids and papermaking additives can be added to the cigarette paper.
- Internal papermaking aids can include, for example, aluminum sulfate, various anionic, cationic, nonionic, or amphoteric retention aids, drainage aids, and paper strength agents.
- Papermaking additives can include, for example, dyes, pH adjusters, antifoaming agents, pitch control agents, slime control agents, and the like.
- the basis weight of the base paper for the cigarette paper is, for example, typically 30 gsm or more, and preferably 35 gsm or more. Meanwhile, the basis weight is typically 70 gsm or less, preferably 50 gsm or less, and more preferably 45 gsm or less.
- the thickness of cigarette paper having the above characteristics is not particularly limited, but is preferably 40 ⁇ m or more from the viewpoints of rigidity, breathability, and ease of adjustment during papermaking, and is typically 100 ⁇ m or less, preferably 75 ⁇ m or less, and more preferably 60 ⁇ m or less.
- the shape of the cigarette paper for the flavor-generating product 110 may be square or rectangular.
- the length of one side of cigarette paper 222 may be approximately 12 mm to 70 mm, and the length of the other side (the side connected to the above side) may be 15 mm to 28 mm, preferably 22 mm to 24 mm, and more preferably approximately 23 mm.
- the end of the wrapping paper 222 in the width direction and the end on the opposite side can be overlapped by about 2 mm and glued together.
- the size of the rectangular wrapping paper 222 can be determined depending on the size of the flavor generating unit 220. In the case of wrapping paper that connects and wraps the flavor generating unit 220 and other components adjacent to the flavor generating unit 220, the length of one side can be 20 mm to 60 mm, and the length of the other side (the side connected to the above side) can be 15 mm to 28 mm.
- auxiliary agents other than base paper and fillers may be added to the cigarette paper.
- a water resistance improver can be added to the cigarette paper to improve water resistance.
- Water resistance improvers may include wet strength agents (WS agents) and sizing agents.
- Wet strength agents may include, for example, urea formaldehyde resin, melamine formaldehyde resin, and polyamide epichlorohydrin (PAE).
- Sizing agents may also include, for example, rosin soap, alkyl ketene dimer (AKD), alkenyl succinic anhydride (ASA), and highly saponified polyvinyl alcohol with a saponification degree of 90% or more.
- a paper strength agent may also be added to the cigarette paper as an auxiliary agent.
- Paper strength agents may include, for example, polyacrylamide, cationic starch, oxidized starch, CMC, polyamide epichlorohydrin resin, and polyvinyl alcohol.
- oxidized starch as an auxiliary agent in wrapping paper can improve breathability (see, for example, JP 2017-218699 A).
- a coating agent may be added to at least one of the front and back surfaces of the wrapping paper.
- a coating agent that can form a film on the surface of the paper and reduce liquid permeability is preferred.
- coating agents include alginic acid and its salts (e.g., sodium salts), polysaccharides such as pectin, cellulose derivatives such as ethyl cellulose, methyl cellulose, carboxymethyl cellulose, and nitrocellulose, starch and its derivatives (e.g., ether derivatives such as carboxymethyl starch, hydroxyalkyl starch, and cationic starch, and ester derivatives such as starch acetate, starch phosphate, and starch octenyl succinate).
- alginic acid and its salts e.g., sodium salts
- polysaccharides such as pectin
- cellulose derivatives such as ethyl cellulose, methyl cellulose, carboxymethyl cellulose, and nitrocellulose
- the tip plug 112 is located at the tip of the flavor-generating article 110 and is configured to cover the end of the flavor source 221. This prevents the flavor source 221 from falling out of the flavor-generating article 110.
- the tip plug 112 includes a first filter material 211 and a first inner plug wrap 212 that wraps around the first filter material 211.
- the tip plug 112 may further include an aerosol source supported by the first filter material 211.
- the length of the tip plug 112 in the longitudinal direction may be 1 mm or more, preferably 3 mm or more, more preferably 5 mm or more, and may be 10 mm or less, preferably 8 mm or less.
- the tip plug 112 is manufactured to a predetermined length and can then be cut to any desired length. If the tip plug 112 is less than 1 mm long, it may not be able to maintain its shape when cut, and there is a risk of deformation, such as crushing. If the length of the tip plug 112 in the longitudinal direction is 1 mm or more, the tip plug 112 can be manufactured relatively easily.
- the material of the first inner plug wrap 212 is not particularly limited, and known materials can be used.
- the first inner plug wrap 212 may contain fillers such as calcium carbonate.
- the thickness of the first inner plug wrap 212 is not particularly limited, and is typically 20 ⁇ m to 140 ⁇ m, preferably 30 ⁇ m to 130 ⁇ m, and more preferably 30 ⁇ m to 120 ⁇ m.
- the basis weight of the first inner plug wrap 212 is not particularly limited, and is typically 20 gsm to 100 gsm, preferably 22 gsm to 95 gsm, and more preferably 23 gsm to 90 gsm.
- the first inner plug wrap 212 may be coated or uncoated, but is preferably coated with a desired material from the perspective of imparting functions other than strength and structural rigidity.
- the flavor-generating article 110 preferably has a downstream section 130 arranged downstream of the flavor source 221.
- the downstream section 130 can cool and filter the vapor or aerosol generated in the flavor source 221.
- the downstream section 130 preferably includes a filter plug 250. This allows the filter plug 250 to cool and filter the vapor or aerosol generated in the flavor source.
- the filter plug 250 is located at the end of the flavor-generating article 110 on the mouthpiece side.
- the filter plug 250 comprises a second filter material 251 and a second inner plug wrap 252 around which the second filter material 251 is wrapped.
- Typical filter functions include, for example, adjusting the amount of air mixed in when inhaling aerosols, reducing flavors, and reducing nicotine and tar, but the filter material used for the second filter material 251 does not need to have all of these functions.
- electrically heated tobacco products which tend to produce fewer components and have a lower tobacco filler filling rate than cigarette products, one important function is to prevent the tobacco filler from falling out while suppressing filtering.
- the shape of the filter plug 250 in a cross section perpendicular to the longitudinal direction is substantially circular.
- the diameter of the circle can be changed as appropriate to suit the size of the product, but is typically 4.0 mm to 9.0 mm, preferably 4.5 mm to 8.5 mm, and more preferably 5.0 mm to 8.0 mm. If the cross section of the filter plug 250 is not circular, the above diameter applies to the diameter of a circle having the same area as the area of the cross section.
- the circumferential length of the filter plug 250 in a cross section perpendicular to the longitudinal direction can be adjusted as needed to suit the size of the product, but is typically between 14.0 mm and 27.0 mm, preferably between 15.0 mm and 26.0 mm, and more preferably between 16.0 mm and 25.0 mm.
- the longitudinal length of the filter plug 250 can be adjusted to suit the size of the product, but is typically between 15 mm and 35 mm, preferably between 17.5 mm and 32.5 mm, and more preferably between 20.0 mm and 30.0 mm.
- the shape and dimensions of the filter material used in the second filter material 251 can be adjusted as needed so that the shape and dimensions of the filter plug 250 fall within the above ranges.
- the resistance to suction per 120 mm of longitudinal length of the filter plug 250 is not particularly limited, but is typically between 40 mmH2O and 300 mmH2O , preferably between 70 mmH2O and 280 mmH2O , and more preferably between 90 mmH2O and 260 mmH2O .
- the resistance to suction is measured in accordance with ISO standard method (ISO 6565), for example, using a filter resistance to suction measuring device manufactured by Cerulean.
- the filter material constituting the second filter material 251 of the filter plug 250 may be manufactured using the manufacturing method described below, or may be a commercially available product.
- the form of the filter plug 250 is not particularly limited, and it can be a plain filter including a single filter segment, or a multi-segment filter including multiple filter segments, such as a dual filter or triple filter.
- the filter plug 250 can be manufactured using known methods. For example, when synthetic fibers such as cellulose acetate tow are used as the material for the second filter medium 251, it can be manufactured by spinning a polymer solution containing a polymer and a solvent and then crimping the resultant. For example, the method described in International Publication No. 2013/067511 can be used as this method.
- the suction resistance and additives added to the second filter medium 251 can be designed as appropriate.
- the second filter material 251 constituting the filter plug 250 is not particularly limited in form, and known forms may be employed.
- cellulose acetate tow processed into a cylindrical shape can be used as the second filter material 251.
- the single-filament fineness and total fineness of the cellulose acetate tow are not particularly limited, but for a filter plug 250 with a circumference of 22 mm, the single-filament fineness is preferably 5 g/9000 m or more and 12 g/9000 m or less, and the total fineness is preferably 12,000 g/9000 m or more and 35,000 g/9000 m or less.
- cross-sectional shapes of the cellulose acetate tow fibers include circular, elliptical, Y-shaped, I-shaped, and R-shaped.
- triacetin may be added in an amount of 5 wt. % or more and 10 wt. % or less based on the weight of the cellulose acetate tow to improve filter hardness.
- a paper filter filled with sheet-shaped pulp paper may be used instead of the acetate filter.
- the density of the second filter material 251 is not particularly limited, but is typically 0.10 g/cm 3 or more and 0.25 g/cm 3 or less, preferably 0.11 g/cm 3 or more and 0.24 g/cm 3 or less, and more preferably 0.12 g/cm 3 or more and 0.23 g/cm 3 or less.
- the filter plug 250 may include a second inner plug wrap 252 (wrap paper) around which the second filter medium 251 described below is wrapped.
- the form of the second inner plug wrap 252 is not particularly limited, and it may include one or more rows of seams containing adhesive.
- the adhesive is not particularly limited, but may include a vinyl acetate adhesive or a hot melt adhesive, and the hot melt adhesive may further include polyvinyl alcohol.
- the second inner plug wrap 252 wraps these two or more segments together.
- the material of the second inner plug wrap 252 is not particularly limited, and known materials can be used, and may contain fillers such as calcium carbonate.
- the thickness of the second inner plug wrap 252 is not particularly limited, and is typically 20 ⁇ m to 140 ⁇ m, preferably 30 ⁇ m to 130 ⁇ m, and more preferably 30 ⁇ m to 120 ⁇ m.
- the basis weight of the second inner plug wrap 252 is not particularly limited, and is typically 20 gsm to 100 gsm, preferably 22 gsm to 95 gsm, and more preferably 23 gsm to 90 gsm.
- the second inner plug wrap 252 may be coated or uncoated, but is preferably coated with a desired material from the perspective of imparting functions other than strength and structural rigidity.
- the hollow filter portion 240 and the filter plug 250 may be connected by, for example, an outer plug wrap 260 (outer wrapping paper).
- the outer plug wrap 260 may be, for example, a cylindrical piece of paper.
- the second filter medium 251 may include a crushable additive release container (e.g., a capsule) that includes a crushable outer shell made of gelatin or the like.
- a crushable additive release container e.g., a capsule
- the form of the capsule is not particularly limited, and any known form may be adopted.
- a crushable additive release container that includes a crushable outer shell made of gelatin or the like may be adopted.
- a liquid or substance typically a flavoring agent
- the capsule form is not particularly limited, and may be, for example, a frangible capsule, preferably spherical in shape.
- the additive contained in the capsule may include any of the additives described above, and preferably includes flavorings and activated carbon. One or more materials that help filter smoke may also be added as additives.
- the form of the additive is not particularly limited, but is typically liquid or solid.
- the use of capsules containing additives is well known in the art.
- Frangible capsules and methods for manufacturing them are well known in the art.
- the flavoring may be, for example, menthol, spearmint, peppermint, fenugreek, clove, medium-chain triglycerides (MCT), etc.
- the flavoring may be menthol, or menthol, etc., or a combination thereof.
- a flavoring may be added to the second filter material 251.
- the amount of flavor delivered during use is increased compared to conventional techniques in which flavoring is added to the tobacco filler that constitutes the tobacco rod.
- the degree of increase in the amount of flavor delivered is further increased depending on the position of the openings provided in the hollow tube portion 132, which will be described later.
- the amount of flavoring added to the second filter material 251 can be 10 to 100 volume percent of the second filter material 251.
- the flavoring may be added to the second filter material 251 in advance before the filter segments are constructed, or after the filter cigarette is constructed.
- fragrances that can be used to impart a pleasant flavor include acetanisole, acetophenone, acetylpyrazine, 2-acetylthiazole, alfalfa extract, amyl alcohol, amyl butyrate, trans-anethole, star anise oil, apple juice, Peru balsam oil, beeswax absolute, benzaldehyde, benzoin resinoid, benzyl alcohol, benzyl benzoate, benzyl phenylacetate, benzyl propionate, 2,3-butanedione, 2-butanol, butyl butyrate, butyric acid, caramel, cardamom oil, and carob oil.
- the filter plug 250 of this embodiment includes a second filter medium 251, and activated carbon may be added to at least a portion of the second filter medium 251.
- the amount of activated carbon added may be 15.0 m 2 /cm 2 or more and 80.0 m 2 /cm 2 or less, as calculated by multiplying the specific surface area of the activated carbon by the weight of the activated carbon and the cross-sectional area of the second filter medium 251 perpendicular to the airflow direction, per flavor-generating article 110.
- the above-mentioned “specific surface area of the activated carbon by the weight of the activated carbon and the cross-sectional area of the second filter medium 251 perpendicular to the airflow direction” may be referred to as the "surface area of the activated carbon per unit cross-sectional area.”
- This surface area of the activated carbon per unit cross-sectional area can be calculated based on the specific surface area of the activated carbon added to the second filter medium 251 of one flavor-generating article 110, the weight of the added activated carbon, and the cross-sectional area of the second filter medium 251.
- activated carbon may not be uniformly dispersed in the filter medium to which it is added, and it is not required that the above range be satisfied in all cross sections (cross sections perpendicular to the air flow direction) of the filter medium.
- the components generated by heating can be delivered to the user in the desired amount and the user can be given the desired flavor sensation. If the surface area of activated carbon per unit cross-sectional area is smaller than the lower limit of the above range, the effect of adding activated carbon cannot be fully obtained. On the other hand, if the surface area of activated carbon per unit cross-sectional area is larger than the upper limit of the above range, the components generated by heating will be reduced more than necessary.
- the surface area of activated carbon per unit cross-sectional area is more preferably 17.0 m 2 /cm 2 or more, and even more preferably 35.0 m 2 /cm 2 or more. On the other hand, it is more preferably 77.0 m 2 /cm 2 or less, and even more preferably 73.0 m 2 /cm 2 or less.
- the surface area of activated carbon per unit cross-sectional area can be adjusted, for example, by adjusting the specific surface area of the activated carbon, the amount of activated carbon added, and the cross-sectional area of the second filter medium 251 in a direction perpendicular to the airflow direction.
- the calculation of the surface area of activated carbon per unit cross-sectional area is based on the filter medium to which activated carbon has been added. If the filter plug 250 is made up of multiple filter mediums, the cross-sectional area and length of only the filter medium to which activated carbon has been added are used as the basis.
- activated carbon examples include those made from raw materials such as wood, bamboo, coconut shells, walnut shells, and coal.
- the activated carbon that can be used in this embodiment has a BET specific surface area of 1100 m 2 /g or more and 1600 m 2 /g or less, preferably 1200 m 2 /g or more and 1500 m 2 /g or less, and more preferably 1250 m 2 /g or more and 1380 m 2 /g or less.
- the BET specific surface area can be determined by nitrogen gas adsorption (BET multipoint method).
- the activated carbon that can be used in this embodiment can have a pore volume of 400 ⁇ L/g or more and 800 ⁇ L/g or less, more preferably 500 ⁇ L/g or more and 750 ⁇ L/g or less, and even more preferably 600 ⁇ L/g or more and 700 ⁇ L/g or less.
- the pore volume can be calculated from the maximum adsorption amount obtained using the nitrogen gas adsorption method.
- the amount of activated carbon added per unit length in the airflow direction of the second filter medium 251 to which activated carbon has been added is preferably 5 mg/cm or more and 50 mg/cm or less, more preferably 8 mg/cm or more and 40 mg/cm or less, and even more preferably 10 mg/cm or more and 35 mg/cm or less.
- the surface area of the activated carbon per unit cross-sectional area can be adjusted as desired.
- the activated carbon that can be used in this embodiment preferably has a cumulative 10% by volume particle diameter (particle diameter D10) of 250 ⁇ m or more and 1200 ⁇ m or less.
- the cumulative 50% by volume particle diameter (particle diameter D50) of the activated carbon particles is preferably 350 ⁇ m or more and 1500 ⁇ m or less.
- D10 and D50 are measured by a laser diffraction scattering method.
- An example of a suitable device for this measurement is the HORIBA Laser Diffraction/Scattering Particle Size Distribution Analyzer "LA-950.” Powder is poured into the cell of this device together with pure water, and the particle diameter is detected based on the light scattering information of the particles.
- Measurement mode Manual flow cell measurement Dispersion medium: Ion-exchanged water Dispersion method: Measured after 1 minute of ultrasonic irradiation Refractive index: 1.92-0.00i (sample refractive index) / 1.33-0.00i (dispersion medium refractive index) Number of measurements: Measure twice using different samples
- the filter plug 250 may be, for example, a commercially available product.
- the form of the filter plug 250 is not particularly limited, and it can be a filter including a single filter segment, or a multi-segment filter including multiple filter segments, such as a dual filter or triple filter.
- the second filter medium 251 to which activated carbon is added constitutes the filter plug 250.
- the second filter medium 251 to which activated carbon is added is preferably positioned upstream of the filter medium that constitutes the mouth end. Alternatively, activated carbon may be added to the filter medium that constitutes the mouth end.
- the length of the filter segment that serves as the basis for the amount of activated carbon to be added is the length of the filter medium to which activated carbon is added.
- the amount of activated carbon added is, for example, 4.0 mg to 24.0 mg, preferably 4.5 mg to 23.0 mg, and more preferably 10.5 mg to 22.0 mg, in weight relative to the entire filter segment.
- the downstream section 130 may further include a hollow tube section 132 and a hollow filter section 240.
- the hollow filter section 240 is arranged adjacent to and downstream of the hollow tube section 132.
- the hollow filter section 240 includes a third filter material 241 and a third inner plug wrap 242 around which the third filter material 241 is wrapped.
- the third inner plug wrap 242 may be the same as the plug wrap used in cigarettes.
- the third inner plug wrap 242 may be omitted.
- the hollow filter section 240 may also be omitted.
- the hollow filter section 240 may include a third filter material 241 having one or more hollow portions, and a third inner plug wrap 242 covering the third filter material 241.
- the hollow filter section 240 functions to increase the strength of the downstream section 130.
- the third filter material 241 may be, for example, a rod with an inner diameter of 1.0 mm to 5.0 mm, densely packed with cellulose acetate fibers and hardened with a triacetin-containing plasticizer added at a rate of 6% to 20% by mass relative to the mass of the cellulose acetate. Because the third filter material 241 has a high fiber packing density, during inhalation, air and aerosols flow only through the hollow portions, with almost no flow within the third filter material 241. Because the third filter material 241 inside the hollow filter section 240 is a fiber-packed layer, the feel from the outside during use is less likely to cause discomfort to the user.
- the hollow filter section 240 may be provided with a third inner plug wrap 242 (wrap paper) around which the third filter material 241 is wrapped, in order to improve strength and structural rigidity.
- the form of the third inner plug wrap 242 is not particularly limited, and it may include one or more rows of seams containing adhesive.
- the type of adhesive is not particularly limited, but may include vinyl acetate adhesives and hot melt adhesives.
- the hot melt adhesive may include polyvinyl alcohol.
- the hollow filter section 240 consists of two or more segments, it is preferable that the third inner plug wrap 242 be wrapped around these two or more segments together.
- the material of the third inner plug wrap 242 is not particularly limited, and known materials can be used, and may contain fillers such as calcium carbonate.
- the thickness of the third inner plug wrap 242 is not particularly limited, and is typically 20 ⁇ m to 140 ⁇ m, preferably 30 ⁇ m to 130 ⁇ m, and more preferably 30 ⁇ m to 120 ⁇ m.
- the basis weight of the third inner plug wrap 242 is not particularly limited, and is typically 20 gsm to 100 gsm, preferably 22 gsm to 95 gsm, and more preferably 23 gsm to 90 gsm.
- the third inner plug wrap 242 may be coated or uncoated, but is preferably coated with a desired material from the perspective of imparting functions other than strength and structural rigidity.
- the hollow tube portion 132 is sandwiched adjacent to the flavor generating portion 220 and the hollow filter portion 240 or the filter plug 250 (if the hollow filter portion 240 is not present), and is typically a rod-shaped member with a cavity such that the circumferential cross section of the hollow tube portion 132 is hollow (hollow).
- the longitudinal length of the hollow tube portion 132 can be adjusted appropriately to suit the size of the product, but is typically 15 mm or more, preferably 20 mm or more, and typically 40 mm or less, preferably 35 mm or less, and more preferably 30 mm or less.
- the total surface area of the hollow tube 132 is not particularly limited and can be, for example, 300 mm 2 /mm or more and 1000 mm 2 /mm or less. This surface area is the surface area per mm of the length (mm) in the air passage direction of the hollow tube 132.
- the total surface area of the hollow tube 132 is preferably 400 mm 2 /mm or more, and more preferably 450 mm 2 /mm or more, and is preferably 600 mm 2 /mm or less, and more preferably 550 mm 2 /mm or less.
- the hollow tube portion 132 may be formed from a thin sheet of material that is wrinkled to form channels, and then pleated, gathered, and folded. The more folds or pleats there are in the hollow tube portion 132, the greater the total surface area of the hollow tube portion 132.
- the thickness of the material from which the hollow tube portion 132 is made is not particularly limited and may be, for example, from 5 ⁇ m to 500 ⁇ m, or from 10 ⁇ m to 250 ⁇ m.
- the hollow tube portion 132 may be provided with circumferential and concentric openings vf (also referred to in this technical field as ventilation filters).
- the presence of the openings vf allows air to flow into the hollow tube portion 132 from the outside during use, lowering the temperature of the components and air flowing in from the flavor generating section 220.
- the openings vf may be provided in an area 4 mm or more toward the hollow tube portion 132 from the boundary between the hollow tube portion 132 and the hollow filter portion 240 or filter plug 250 (if the hollow filter portion 240 is not present).
- the openings vf not only improve the cooling capacity of the hollow tube portion 132, but also suppress the retention of components generated by heating within the hollow tube portion 132, thereby improving the delivery amount of the components. Furthermore, when an aerosol base material is used in the flavor generating section 220, the vapor containing the aerosol base material and tobacco flavor components generated when the flavor generating article 110 is heated comes into contact with external air, lowering its temperature and liquefying, thereby accelerating the generation of the aerosol.
- the concentrically arranged openings vf are considered to be one opening group, there may be one opening group or two or more opening groups.
- there are two or more opening groups from the perspective of improving the delivery amount of components generated by heating, it is preferable not to provide opening groups in an area less than 4 mm toward the hollow tube section 132 from the boundary between the hollow tube section 132 and the hollow filter section 240 or filter plug 250 (when the hollow filter section 240 is not present).
- the tipping paper 270 has an opening directly above the opening vf provided in the hollow tube portion 132.
- the region where the openings vf exist is preferably a region of 4.5 mm or more from the boundary between the hollow tube section 132 and the hollow filter section 240 or filter plug 250 (when the hollow filter section 240 is not present) toward the hollow tube section 132, more preferably a region of 5 mm or more, and even more preferably a region of 5.5 mm or more. Furthermore, from the viewpoint of ensuring cooling function, the region where the openings vf exist is preferably a region of 15 mm or less from the boundary toward the hollow tube section 132, more preferably a region of 10 mm or less, and even more preferably a region of 7 mm or less.
- the region where the openings vf exist is preferably a region of 24 mm or more from the mouth end of the flavor generating article 110 toward the hollow tube portion 132, preferably a region of 24.5 mm or more, preferably a region of 25 mm or more, and more preferably a region of 25.5 mm or more. Furthermore, from the viewpoint of ensuring cooling function, the region where the openings vf exist is preferably a region of 35 mm or less from the mouth end of the flavor generating article 110 toward the hollow tube portion 132, more preferably a region of 30 mm or less, and even more preferably a region of 27 mm or less.
- the region in which the openings vf exist is preferably a region of 5 mm or more, more preferably a region of 10 mm or more, and even more preferably a region of 13 mm or more, from the boundary between the hollow tube section 132 and the flavor generating section 220 toward the hollow tube section 132, from the viewpoint of ensuring cooling function.
- the region in which the openings vf exist is preferably a region of 16 mm or less, more preferably a region of 15.5 mm or less, even more preferably a region of 15 mm or less, and especially preferably a region of 14.5 mm or less, from the boundary between the hollow tube section 132 and the flavor generating section 220, from the viewpoint of improving the delivery of components generated by heating.
- the apertures vf can be set so that when an automatic smoking machine inhales at 17.5 ml/sec, the air inflow rate from the apertures vf (the volumetric rate of air inflowing from the aperture vf when the volumetric rate of air inhaled from the mouthpiece end is taken as 100%) is 10 to 90% by volume, preferably 50 to 80% by volume, and more preferably 55 to 75% by volume.
- Such an air inflow rate can be achieved, for example, by selecting the number of apertures vf per aperture group from the range of 5 to 50, and selecting the diameter of the apertures vf from the range of 0.1 to 0.5 mm.
- the above air inflow rate can be measured using a roll measuring device (for example, a SODIMAX d74/SODIM manufactured by S.A.S.) in accordance with a method conforming to ISO 9512.
- the configuration of the outer plug wrap 280 is not particularly limited and can be of any common type.
- the outer plug wrap 280 can be primarily made of pulp. Pulp can be wood pulp such as softwood pulp or hardwood pulp, flax pulp, hemp pulp, sisal pulp, esparto, or other pulps commonly used in cigarette paper for tobacco products.
- the outer plug wrap 280 is obtained by papermaking one or more of these pulps. These pulps may be used alone or in any combination of multiple types in any proportion. Pulp types that can be used include chemical pulp obtained by kraft cooking, acidic, neutral, or alkaline sulfite cooking, and soda cooking, ground pulp, chemi-ground pulp, and thermomechanical pulp. Commercially available products may be used for the outer plug wrap 280.
- the shape of the outer plug wrap 280 is not particularly limited and can be, for example, square or rectangular.
- the basis weight of the outer plug wrap 280 is not particularly limited, but is typically 20 gsm to 70 gsm, preferably 30 gsm to 50 gsm, and more preferably 34 gsm to 38 gsm.
- the thickness of the outer plug wrap 280 is not particularly limited, but is typically 30 mm to 80 mm, preferably 33 mm to 50 mm, and more preferably 35 mm to 40 mm.
- the air permeability of the outer plug wrap 280 is not particularly limited, but is typically 0 Coresta units to 30,000 Coresta units, and preferably more than 0 Coresta units to 10,000 Coresta units.
- the air permeability is a value measured in accordance with ISO 2965:2009 and is expressed as the flow rate ( cm3 ) of gas passing through an area of 1 cm2 per minute when the differential pressure between both sides of the paper is 1 kPa.
- One Coresta unit (1 Coresta unit, 1 C.U.) is cm 3 /(min ⁇ cm 2 ) under 1 kPa.
- the outer plug wrap 280 may contain a filler.
- fillers include metal carbonates such as calcium carbonate and magnesium carbonate, metal oxides such as titanium oxide, titanium dioxide, and aluminum oxide, metal sulfates such as barium sulfate and calcium sulfate, metal sulfides such as zinc sulfide, quartz, kaolin, talc, diatomaceous earth, and gypsum. It is particularly preferable that the outer plug wrap 280 contain calcium carbonate, from the standpoints of improving whiteness and opacity and increasing the heating rate. Furthermore, these fillers may be used alone, or two or more types may be used in combination.
- the outer plug wrap 280 may contain, for example, a water resistance improver.
- the water resistance improver may include a wet strength agent (WS agent) and a sizing agent.
- the wet strength agent may include, for example, urea formaldehyde resin, melamine formaldehyde resin, and polyamide epichlorohydrin (PAE).
- the sizing agent may include, for example, rosin soap, alkyl ketene dimer (AKD), alkenyl succinic anhydride (ASA), and highly saponified polyvinyl alcohol with a saponification degree of 90% or more.
- a coating agent may be added to at least one of the front and back surfaces of the outer plug wrap 280.
- the coating agent There are no particular restrictions on the coating agent, but a coating agent that can form a film on the surface of the paper and reduce liquid permeability is preferred.
- the configuration of the tipping paper 270 is not particularly limited and can be any common configuration.
- the tipping paper 270 can be mainly composed of pulp.
- Pulp that can be used is pulp generally used in cigarette papers for tobacco articles, such as wood pulp such as softwood pulp or hardwood pulp, flax pulp, hemp pulp, sisal pulp, and esparto.
- the tipping paper 270 is obtained by papermaking one or more of these pulps. These pulps may be used alone or in any combination of several types in any ratio. Pulp types that can be used include chemical pulps produced by kraft cooking, acidic, neutral, or alkaline sulfite cooking, and soda cooking, ground pulp, chemi-ground pulp, and thermomechanical pulp.
- the tipping paper 270 may be a commercially available product.
- the shape of the tipping paper 270 is not particularly limited, and may be, for example, square or rectangular.
- the flavor-generating article 110 may have one tipping paper 270, or may have several tipping papers 270.
- the basis weight of the tipping paper 270 is not particularly limited, but is usually 32 gsm to 40 gsm, preferably 33 gsm to 39 gsm, and more preferably 34 gsm to 38 gsm.
- the air permeability of the tipping paper 270 is not particularly limited, but is usually 0 Coresta units to 30,000 Coresta units, and preferably more than 0 Coresta units to 10,000 Coresta units. Air permeability is a value measured in accordance with ISO 2965:2009, and is expressed as the flow rate ( cm3 ) of gas passing through an area of 1 cm2 per minute when the differential pressure between both sides of the paper is 1 kPa.
- 1 Coresta unit (1 Coresta unit, 1 C.U.) is cm3 /(min ⁇ cm2 ) at 1 kPa.
- the chipping paper 270 may contain a filler.
- fillers include metal carbonates such as calcium carbonate and magnesium carbonate, metal oxides such as titanium oxide, titanium dioxide, and aluminum oxide, metal sulfates such as barium sulfate and calcium sulfate, metal sulfides such as zinc sulfide, quartz, kaolin, talc, diatomaceous earth, and gypsum. It is particularly preferable that the chipping paper 270 contain calcium carbonate, from the standpoint of improving whiteness and opacity and increasing the heating rate. Furthermore, these fillers may be used alone or in combination of two or more types.
- the chip paper 270 may contain a water resistance improver.
- the water resistance improver may include a wet strength agent (WS agent) and a sizing agent.
- the wet strength agent may include, for example, urea formaldehyde resin, melamine formaldehyde resin, and polyamide epichlorohydrin (PAE).
- PAE polyamide epichlorohydrin
- the sizing agent may be, for example, rosin soap, alkyl ketene dimer (AKD), alkenyl succinic anhydride (ASA), and highly saponified polyvinyl alcohol with a saponification degree of 90% or more.
- a coating agent may be added to at least one of the front and back surfaces of the tipping paper 270.
- the coating agent There are no particular restrictions on the coating agent, but a coating agent that can form a film on the surface of the paper and reduce liquid permeability is preferred.
- a portion of the outer surface of the tipping paper 270 may be coated with a lip release material.
- the lip release material refers to a material that helps the lip and tipping paper 270 to easily separate without substantial adhesion when the user holds the mouthpiece of the flavor-generating article 110 in their mouth.
- the lip release material may contain, for example, ethyl cellulose or methyl cellulose.
- the outer surface of the tipping paper 270 may be coated with the lip release material by applying an ethyl cellulose- or methyl cellulose-based ink to the outer surface of the tipping paper 270.
- the lip release material is provided at least in a predetermined mouthpiece area that comes into contact with the user's lips when the user holds the mouthpiece in their mouth. More specifically, the lip release material may be provided on the outer surface of the tipping paper 270, between the mouthpiece end (the end of the filter plug 250) and the opening vf.
- each element constituting the flavor generating article 110 the connection manner of each element constituting the flavor generating article 110 will be described.
- the elements are adjacent to each other with no gaps, as shown in Figure 3.
- the five elements are connected using an outer plug wrap 280, an outer plug wrap 260, and tipping paper 270.
- the outer plug wrap 280 connects the tip plug 112, the flavor generating section 220, and the hollow tube section 132.
- the outer plug wrap 280 is wrapped around the entire tip plug 112 and the flavor generating section 220, and a portion of the hollow tube section 132, covering them entirely.
- This connected body is referred to as a first connected body 285.
- the outer plug wrap 260 connects the hollow filter section 240 and the filter plug 250 by wrapping around them to cover them entirely.
- This connecting body is referred to as the second connecting body 265.
- tipping paper 270 connects the first connecting body 285 and the second connecting body 265.
- the tipping paper 270 covers the entire second connecting body 265 and a portion of the first connecting body 285, leaving the first connecting body 285 exposed at its upstream end.
- the outer plug wrap 280 does not cover the hollow tubular portion 132 to its downstream end, leaving the hollow tubular portion 132 exposed at its downstream end. However, the hollow tubular portion 132 may be covered to its downstream end.
- the outer plug wrap 280 preferably has an opening directly above the opening vf in the hollow tubular portion 132. Consequently, the opening vf is preferably provided so as to penetrate the tipping paper 270, the outer plug wrap 280, and the hollow tubular portion 132.
- a portion of the flavor generating article 110 may be exposed to the outside of the flavor inhaler 120.
- all or a portion of the second connecting body 265 shown in FIG. 2 may be exposed to the outside of the flavor inhaler 120.
- a portion of the hollow tube section 132 shown in FIG. 2 or 3 may be exposed to the outside of the flavor inhaler 120.
- the opening vf formed in the hollow tube section 132 may be exposed to the outside of the flavor inhaler 120, or may be located inside the flavor inhaler 120 (upstream of the opening through which the flavor generating article 110 is inserted). It is preferable that the opening vf formed in the hollow tube section 132 be located inside the flavor inhaler 120, as this makes it less likely for the user to block the opening vf.
- the flavor generating section 220 may have a portion that overlaps with the heat source 40 of the flavor inhaler 120 along the longitudinal direction of the flavor generating article 110, and a portion that does not overlap with the heat source 40.
- the longitudinal length of the portion of the flavor generating section 220 that overlaps with the heat source 40 is preferably 40% or more and 60% or less of the longitudinal length of the flavor generating section 220.
- the tip plug 112 has an additional function. Specifically, as shown in Figures 3(a) and 3(b), the first filter material 211 of the tip plug 112 has a first portion 112a and a second portion 112b. The first portion 112a and the second portion 112b are arranged adjacent to each other in a cross section perpendicular to the direction (longitudinal direction) in which the flavor generating unit 220 and the tip plug 112 are adjacent. When the flavor generating article 110 is heated by the heat source 40 shown in Figure 1, the second portion 112b is arranged closer to the heat source 40 than the first portion 112a.
- the second portion 112b is located outside the first portion 112a, and therefore when heated by the heat source 40 shown in Figure 1, the second portion 112b is arranged closer to the heat source 40 than the first portion 112a. Furthermore, the second portion 112b is configured to shrink when heated.
- the tip plug 112 has a first sheet member S1 disposed between the first portion 112a and the second portion 112b, and a first inner plug wrap 212 (second sheet member) disposed on the outside of the second portion 112b. At least one of the first sheet member S1 and the first inner plug wrap 212 is configured to deform in accordance with the contraction of the second portion 112b.
- the second portion 112b of the tip plug 112 can be heated more easily than the first portion 112a, allowing the second portion 112b to shrink due to heating. Furthermore, as the second portion 112b shrinks due to heating, at least one of the first sheet member S1 and the first inner plug wrap 212 deforms, thereby increasing the inhalation resistance of the second portion 112b. In other words, the tip plug 112 has the additional function of varying the inhalation resistance. Specifically, for example, in the early stages of a smoking session, air is preferentially passed through the second portion 112b, which has a lower inhalation resistance.
- the resistance of draw of the second portion 112b is smaller than the resistance of draw of the first portion 112a in the early stage of a smoking session, and is larger than the resistance of draw of the first portion 112a in the later stage of a smoking session.
- air is preferentially passed through the second portion 112b, which has a smaller resistance of draw, in the early stage of a smoking session, and in the later stage of a smoking session, the resistance of draw of the second portion 112b is increased by heating, allowing air to preferentially pass through the first portion 112a.
- the plasticizer content is more than 9% by weight, partial dissolution of the second portion 112b may occur. It is preferable that the content of the plasticizer in the second portion 112b be greater than the content of the plasticizer in the first portion 112a.
- the triacetin content in the second portion 112b may be 9% by weight, and the triacetin content in the first portion 112a may be 6% by weight.
- the flavor-generating article 110 preferably has a first joint P1 that joins the inner surface of the second portion 112b to the first sheet member S1.
- the first joint P1 may be provided over the entire outer surface of the first sheet member S1, or may be provided in any pattern on the outer surface of the first sheet member S1, such as a spiral, linear, or dot pattern. Any joining means, such as glue, adhesive, or adhesive tape, may be used as the first joint P1.
- the flavor-generating article 110 preferably has a second joint P2 that joins the outer surface of the first portion 112a to the first sheet member S1.
- the second joint P2 may be provided on the entire inner surface of the first sheet member S1, or may be provided in any pattern on the inner surface of the first sheet member S1, such as a spiral, linear, or dot pattern. Any joining means, such as glue, adhesive, or adhesive tape, may be used as the second joint P2.
- the flavor-generating article 110 when it has a second sheet member, it preferably has a third joint P3 that joins the outer surface of the second portion 112b to the second sheet member.
- the outer surface of the second portion 112b and the inner surface of the first inner plug wrap 212 are joined by P3.
- the third joint P3 may be provided on the entire inner surface of the second sheet member, or may be provided in any pattern on the inner surface of the second sheet member, such as a spiral, linear, or dot pattern. Any joining means, such as glue, adhesive, or adhesive tape, may be used as the third joint P3.
- the flavor generating article 110 preferably has a fourth joint P4 that joins the outer surface of the first inner plug wrap 212 (second sheet member) to the outer plug wrap 280.
- the fourth joint P4 may be provided over the entire outer surface of the outer plug wrap 280, or may be provided in any pattern on the outer surface of the outer plug wrap 280, such as a spiral, linear, or dot pattern. Any joining means, such as glue, adhesive, or adhesive tape, may be used as the fourth joint P4.
- the inhalation resistance of the second portion 112b is lower than the inhalation resistance of the first portion 112a, air will flow preferentially through the second portion 112b to the second flavor source 221b. Therefore, when the flavor-generating article 110 shown in FIG. 3 is heated from the outside by the flavor inhaler 120 shown in FIG. 1, in the early stage of a smoking session, the second flavor source 221b will be heated faster than the first flavor source 221a, and a relatively large amount of vapor or aerosol will be generated from the second flavor source 221b.
- the second portion 112b shrinks due to heating, at least one of the first sheet member S1 and the first inner plug wrap 212 deforms, increasing the resistance to suction of the second portion 112b and allowing air to flow preferentially through the first portion 112a and the first flavor source 221a, thereby efficiently delivering vapor or aerosol.
- the sum of the inhalation resistance of the second portion 112b and the inhalation resistance of the second flavor source 221b in the early part of a smoking session is substantially equal to the sum of the inhalation resistance of the first portion 112a and the inhalation resistance of the first flavor source 221a in the later part of a smoking session.
- substantially equal means that the airflow resistance in the later part of a smoking session is included within an error range of ⁇ 10% for the inhalation resistance in the early part of a smoking session.
- the upstream portion A1 of the second portion 112b does not thermally contract more than the downstream portion A2 in the latter part of the smoking session, changes in the appearance of the tip plug 112 after smoking can be suppressed when the tip plug 112 (upstream end) is exposed, as in the examples shown in FIGS. 2 to 4.
- the upstream portion A1 of the second portion 112b may or may not substantially contract.
- the ratio of the size of the second portion 112b in the downstream portion A2 in the direction perpendicular to the longitudinal direction in the early part of a smoking session to the size of the second portion 112b in the downstream portion A2 in the direction perpendicular to the longitudinal direction in the later part of a smoking session is preferably 0.4 or greater and 0.7 or less.
- this ratio exceeds 0.7, i.e., if the degree of contraction in the later part of a smoking session is small, it is difficult to obtain the effect of the change in drawing resistance caused by contraction. Furthermore, if this ratio is less than 0.4, i.e., if the degree of contraction in the later part of a smoking session is large, the appearance of the tip plug 112 may change significantly.
- the second portion 112b is preferably configured to thermally shrink radially from either the inside or the outside. In this case, the flow path area of the air passing through the second portion 112b is reduced, thereby increasing the suction resistance of the second portion 112b.
- the example shown in Figure 5 shows the second portion 112b (particularly the downstream portion A2) in a state where it has thermally shrunk radially from the inside to the outside. In the example shown in Figure 5, the first sheet member S1 is deformed radially from the inside to the outside as the second portion 112b shrinks due to heating.
- the density or basis weight of the first inner plug wrap 212 may be greater than the density or basis weight of the first sheet member S1.
- the first sheet member S1 is more easily deformed than the first inner plug wrap 212, when the second portion 112b is bonded to both the first sheet member S1 and the first inner plug wrap 212, the first sheet member S1 can be deformed from the first sheet member S1 toward the first inner plug wrap 212, i.e., from the inside to the outside, as the second portion 112b thermally shrinks. This prevents deformation of the first inner plug wrap 212, which is located on the outside, and reduces changes in the appearance of the flavor-generating article 110 after smoking.
- the second joint P2 does not have to be provided downstream of the tip plug 112, specifically downstream of the first portion 112a and the first sheet member S1.
- the second joint P2 is not provided at a longitudinal position corresponding to the portion of the second portion 112b that will thermally shrink, thereby promoting thermal shrinkage of the second portion 112b.
- the second joint P2 upstream of the tip plug 112 i.e., upstream of the first portion 112a and the first sheet member S1
- FIG. 6 shows the second portion 112b (particularly the downstream portion A2) in a state where it has been thermally shrunk radially from the outside to the inside.
- the first inner plug wrap 212 is deformed radially from the outside to the inside due to the shrinkage of the second portion 112b caused by heating.
- the first inner plug wrap 212 has low gas permeability, which reduces the flow path area of air passing through the second portion 112b, thereby increasing the suction resistance of the second portion 112b.
- the density or basis weight of the first inner plug wrap 212 may be smaller than the density or basis weight of the first sheet member S1.
- the first inner plug wrap 212 is more easily deformed than the first sheet member S1
- the second portion 112b is bonded to both the first sheet member S1 and the first inner plug wrap 212
- the first inner plug wrap 212 can be deformed from the first inner plug wrap 212 toward the first sheet member S1, i.e., from the outside to the inside, as the second portion 112b thermally shrinks.
- FIG. 5 illustrates an example in which the first sheet member S1 deforms as the second portion 112b shrinks due to heating
- FIG. 6 illustrates an example in which the first inner plug wrap 212 deforms as the second portion 112b shrinks due to heating.
- this is not particularly limited, and both the first sheet member S1 and the first inner plug wrap 212 may deform as the second portion 112b shrinks. This allows for a significant change in the flow path area of air passing through the second portion 112b, making it easier for the suction resistance in the second portion 112b to change.
- the second portion 112b of the tip plug 112 shrinks when heated, and as the second portion 112b shrinks, at least one of the first sheet member S1 and the first inner plug wrap 212 deforms, changing the suction resistance of the second portion 112b and changing the balance of the suction resistance between the inside (first portion 112a) and outside (second portion 112b) of the tip plug 112.
- the overall suction resistance of the tip plug 112 in the latter part of a smoking session may be different from the overall suction resistance of the tip plug 112 in the earlier part of a smoking session.
- the amount of air inflow from the aperture vf during the later part of a smoking session may be greater than the amount of air inflow from the aperture vf during the early part of the smoking session. This reduces the amount of air inflow from the tip of the flavor generating article 110 compared to the amount of air inflow from the aperture vf, thereby reducing the amount of flavor component delivered by puffs during the later part of a smoking session.
- different flavorings may be added to the first portion 112a and the second portion 112b of the tip plug 112.
- heating the tip plug 112 changes the balance of the suction resistance between the inside (first portion 112a) and outside (second portion 112b) of the tip plug 112, thereby changing the taste or aroma delivered to the user between the early and late stages of a smoking session.
- the same flavoring may be added to the first portion 112a and the second portion 112b of the tip plug 112, but in different amounts.
- heating the tip plug 112 changes the balance of the suction resistance between the inside (first portion 112a) and outside (second portion 112b) of the tip plug 112, thereby changing the intensity of the taste or aroma delivered to the user between the early and late stages of a smoking session.
- Figure 7 is a schematic cross-sectional view of a flavor generating article 110 according to another embodiment.
- Figure 7(a) is a schematic side cross-sectional view of a flavor generating article 110 according to another embodiment.
- Figure 7(b) is a cross-sectional view taken along the arrows b-b in Figure 8(a).
- the flavor generating article 110 shown in Figure 8 differs from the flavor generating article 110 shown in Figure 4 in that the tip plug 112 has a vent hole 113 on its side that allows air to flow from the outside to the inside.
- the first inner plug wrap 212 may be provided with a vent hole 113 that connects the outside with the second portion 112b.
- the outer plug wrap 280 when the outer plug wrap 280 is configured to wrap around the tip plug 112, it is preferable that the outer plug wrap 280 be provided with an air vent 280a at a position corresponding to the air vent 113 provided in the tip plug 112 (directly above the air vent 113). In this case, air can also flow into the interior of the tip plug 112 (specifically, the second portion 112b) through the air vent 113, making it easier to adjust the balance of suction resistance between the first portion 112a and the second portion 112b.
- the tip plug 112 does not have an air vent 113 and, for example, the first portion 112a and the second portion 112b are formed to have the same length in the longitudinal direction of the flavor-generating article 110, it is necessary to adjust the balance of the suction resistance between the first portion 112a and the second portion 112b by adjusting the materials that make up the first portion 112a and the second portion 112b.
- the suction resistance of the second portion 112b can be easily adjusted by adjusting the number, diameter, and position of the air vents 113.
- the tip plug 112 has an air vent 113
- air may flow in through the air vent 113 even after at least one of the first sheet member S1 and the second sheet member deforms due to contraction of the second portion 112b in the latter part of the smoking session, making it difficult for the suction resistance of the second portion 112b to change.
- a flavor generating unit disposed upstream of the flavor generating section, the upstream portion has a first portion and a second portion; the first portion and the second portion are disposed adjacent to each other in a cross section perpendicular to a direction in which the flavor generating portion and the upstream portion are adjacent to each other, when the flavor-generating article is heated by a heating element, the second portion is positioned closer to the heating element than the first portion; the upstream portion includes a first sheet member disposed between the first portion and the second portion, and a second sheet member disposed outside the second portion; the second portion is configured to shrink upon heating; At least one of the first sheet member and the second sheet member is configured to deform as the second portion contracts.
- the flavor-generating article described in (1) In the flavor-generating article described in (1), The flavor-generating article, wherein the second portion is disposed so as to surround the first portion in a cross section perpendicular to the direction in which the flavor-generating portion and the upstream portion are adjacent to each other. (3) In the flavor-generating article according to (1) or (2), The flavor generating article, wherein the second portion comprises cellulose acetate. (4) In the flavor-generating article according to any one of (1) to (3), The flavor generating article wherein the second portion comprises a plasticizer. (5) In the flavor-generating article described in (4), A flavor-generating article, wherein the content of the plasticizer in the second portion is 6% by weight or more and 9% by weight or less.
- the second portion has an upstream portion and a downstream portion located downstream from the upstream portion, The flavor generating article wherein the amount of thermal shrinkage of the downstream portion is greater than the amount of thermal shrinkage of the upstream portion during a later period of a smoking session.
- a flavor generating article wherein the resistance to draw of the second portion is less than the resistance to draw of the first portion during an early stage of a smoking session, and the resistance to draw of the second portion is greater than the resistance to draw of the first portion during a later stage of a smoking session.
- the flavor generating article wherein the resistance to draw of the second portion during an early portion of a smoking session is less than the resistance to draw of the second portion during a later portion of a smoking session.
- the flavor generating section has a first flavor source into which air that has passed through the first part flows, a second flavor source into which air that has passed through the second part flows, and a separator that separates the first flavor source from the second flavor source.
- a downstream section located downstream of the flavor generating section, The downstream portion has an opening through which air flows from the outside to the inside of the flavor-generating article.
- the downstream portion is A filter unit; a hollow tube portion formed in a cylindrical shape between the flavor generating portion and the filter portion, The flavor generating article, wherein the aperture is located in the hollow tube portion.
- the upstream portion has a vent hole on a side surface thereof for allowing air to flow from the outside to the inside of the flavor-generating article.
- Flavor-generating article 112 Tip plug 112a: First portion 112b: Second portion 113: Ventilation hole 130: Downstream portion 132: Hollow tube portion 212: First inner plug wrap 220: Flavor-generating portion 221: Flavor source 221a: First flavor source 221b: Second flavor source 221c: Separator A1: Upstream portion A2: Downstream portion S1: First sheet member vf: Opening
Landscapes
- Manufacture Of Tobacco Products (AREA)
- Packages (AREA)
Abstract
Description
本発明は、香味発生物品に関する。 The present invention relates to a flavor-generating product.
従来、材料の燃焼をすることなく香味等を吸引するための香味吸引器で用いられる香味発生物品が知られている。例えば、エアロゾルを発生するエアロゾル形成基材と、このエアロゾル形成基体の先端側(上流側)に配置されるプラグを有する香味発生物品が知られている(特許文献1参照)。 Flavor-generating articles used in flavor inhalers for inhaling flavors and the like without burning a material are known. For example, a flavor-generating article is known that includes an aerosol-forming substrate that generates an aerosol, and a plug that is placed on the tip side (upstream side) of this aerosol-forming substrate (see Patent Document 1).
特許文献1に開示されるプラグは、香味発生物品の取り扱い中にロッドの先端からエアロゾル形成基材が放出することを抑制することを目的に香味発生物品に設けられている。 The plug disclosed in Patent Document 1 is provided in a flavor-generating product for the purpose of preventing the aerosol-forming substrate from being released from the tip of the rod during handling of the flavor-generating product.
本発明の目的の一つは、更なる機能を有するプラグを備えた香味発生物品を提供することである。 One object of the present invention is to provide a flavor-generating product with a plug that has additional functions.
第1態様によれば、香味発生物品が提供される。この香味発生物品は、香味発生部と、前記香味発生部の上流側に配置された上流部と、を備える。前記上流部は、第1部分と、第2部分と、を有する。前記香味発生部及び前記上流部が隣接する方向と直交する断面において、前記第1部分と前記第2部分は隣接して配置される。前記香味発生物品が加熱部材によって加熱されるとき、前記第2部分は、前記第1部分より前記加熱部材の近くに配置される。前記上流部は、前記第1部分と前記第2部分の間に配置された第1シート部材、及び前記第2部分の外側に配置された第2シート部材を有する。前記第2部分は、加熱により収縮するように構成される。前記第1シート部材及び前記第2シート部材の少なくとも一方は、前記第2部分の収縮に伴い変形するように構成される。 According to a first aspect, a flavor-generating article is provided. The flavor-generating article comprises a flavor-generating section and an upstream section arranged upstream of the flavor-generating section. The upstream section has a first section and a second section. In a cross section perpendicular to the direction in which the flavor-generating section and the upstream section are adjacent to each other, the first section and the second section are arranged adjacent to each other. When the flavor-generating article is heated by a heating member, the second section is arranged closer to the heating member than the first section. The upstream section has a first sheet member arranged between the first section and the second section, and a second sheet member arranged outside the second section. The second section is configured to shrink when heated. At least one of the first sheet member and the second sheet member is configured to deform in accordance with the shrinkage of the second section.
第1態様によれば、上流部の第2部分を第1部分よりも容易に加熱することができ、第2部分を加熱により収縮させることができる。また、加熱による第2部分の収縮に伴い、第1シート部材及び第2シート部材の少なくとも一方が変形することで、第2部分の吸引抵抗を増加させることができる。即ち、この上流部は、吸引抵抗が変化するという更なる機能を有する。具体的には例えば、喫煙セッションの前期では、吸引抵抗の小さい第2部分に優先的に空気を通過させ、喫煙セッションの後期では、加熱により第2部分の吸引抵抗を上昇させて、第1部分に優先的に空気を通過させることができる。なお、喫煙セッションとは、エアロゾルを生成する処理が開始してから終了するまでの期間のことであってもよい。また、喫煙セッションとは、香味吸引物品を加熱する処理が開始してから終了するまでの期間のことであってもよい。喫煙セッションの前期とは、喫煙セッションの全期間のうち、喫煙セッションの開始から50%の期間であってもよいし、喫煙セッションの開始から30%の期間であってもよいし、加熱が開始され始めるときのことであってもよい。喫煙セッションの後期とは、喫煙セッション前半を過ぎて喫煙セッションの終了までの期間であってもよいし、加熱が終了するときのことであってもよい。 According to the first aspect, the second portion of the upstream section can be heated more easily than the first portion, causing the second portion to shrink due to heating. Furthermore, as the second portion shrinks due to heating, at least one of the first sheet member and the second sheet member deforms, thereby increasing the inhalation resistance of the second portion. In other words, this upstream section has the additional function of changing the inhalation resistance. Specifically, for example, in the early stage of a smoking session, air is preferentially passed through the second portion, which has a lower inhalation resistance, and in the later stage of the smoking session, the inhalation resistance of the second portion is increased by heating, causing air to preferentially pass through the first portion. The smoking session may refer to the period from the start to the end of the process of generating an aerosol. The smoking session may also refer to the period from the start to the end of the process of heating the flavor inhalation article. The early stage of a smoking session may refer to 50% of the entire smoking session from the start of the smoking session, 30% of the entire smoking session from the start of the smoking session, or the time when heating begins. The latter part of the smoking session may be the period from the first half of the smoking session to the end of the smoking session, or when heating ends.
前記香味発生部及び前記上流部が隣接する方向と直交する断面において、前記第2部分は、前記第1部分を囲むように配置されてもよい。 In a cross section perpendicular to the direction in which the flavor generating section and the upstream section are adjacent to each other, the second section may be arranged to surround the first section.
この場合、香味発生物品が外周側から加熱されるときに、喫煙セッション前半に、温度が高い香味発生部の外周側に空気を多く流し、加熱により第2部分の吸引抵抗を増加させて、喫煙セッションの後期に温度が高くなる香味発生部の中心側に空気を多く流して、蒸気又はエアロゾルの生成及びデリバリを効率よく行うことができる。 In this case, when the flavor-generating article is heated from the outer periphery, more air is circulated toward the outer periphery of the flavor-generating section where the temperature is higher during the first half of the smoking session, and the suction resistance of the second section is increased by heating. During the latter half of the smoking session, more air is circulated toward the center of the flavor-generating section where the temperature is higher, allowing for efficient generation and delivery of vapor or aerosol.
前記第2部分は、セルロースアセテートを含んでもよい。 The second portion may include cellulose acetate.
この場合、第2部分を適切に加熱することにより第2部分を適切に収縮させることができる。 In this case, the second part can be appropriately shrunk by appropriately heating the second part.
前記第2部分は、可塑剤を含んでもよい。 The second portion may contain a plasticizer.
この場合、第2部分の収縮し始める温度を下げることができ、より低いエネルギで第2部分を収縮させることができる。可塑剤は、例えばトリアセチンであり得る。 In this case, the temperature at which the second part begins to shrink can be lowered, allowing the second part to shrink with less energy. The plasticizer can be, for example, triacetin.
前記第2部分に対する前記可塑剤の含有量は、6重量%以上9重量%以下であってもよい。 The content of the plasticizer in the second portion may be 6% by weight or more and 9% by weight or less.
この場合、第2部分の溶解を抑制しながら、第2部分の収縮に要するエネルギを低減することができる。可塑剤の含有量が6重量%未満であると第2部分が収縮し始める温度が高くなって、第2部分の収縮に比較的高いエネルギが必要となり、可塑剤の含有量が9重量%超であると、第2部分に部分的な溶解が生じる恐れがある。なお、第2部分に対する可塑剤の含有量は、第1部分に対する可塑剤の含有量より多いことが好ましい。例えば、第1部分及び第2部分がセルロースアセテートから構成される場合、第2部分に対するトリアセチンの含有量は9重量%であり、第1部分に対するトリアセチンの含有量は6重量%であり得る。 In this case, the energy required for shrinkage of the second portion can be reduced while suppressing dissolution of the second portion. If the plasticizer content is less than 6% by weight, the temperature at which the second portion begins to shrink becomes high, requiring a relatively high amount of energy for shrinkage of the second portion. If the plasticizer content is more than 9% by weight, there is a risk of partial dissolution of the second portion. It is preferable that the plasticizer content in the second portion be greater than the plasticizer content in the first portion. For example, if the first and second portions are composed of cellulose acetate, the triacetin content in the second portion may be 9% by weight, and the triacetin content in the first portion may be 6% by weight.
前記第2部分は、上流部分と、前記上流部分より下流に位置する下流部分と、を有し、喫煙セッションの後期において、前記下流部分の熱収縮量は、前記上流部分の熱収縮量より大きくてもよい。 The second portion may have an upstream portion and a downstream portion located downstream of the upstream portion, and the amount of thermal contraction of the downstream portion may be greater than the amount of thermal contraction of the upstream portion during a later period of a smoking session.
この場合、喫煙セッションの後期において第2部分の上流部分が下流部分よりも熱収縮しないので、上流部が露出される場合において、喫煙後の上流部の外観の変化を抑制することができる。なお、第2部分の上流部分は熱により収縮しなくてもよい。 In this case, the upstream portion of the second part will not thermally shrink as much as the downstream portion in the later stages of a smoking session, so even if the upstream portion is exposed, changes in the appearance of the upstream portion after smoking can be suppressed. Note that the upstream portion of the second part does not necessarily have to shrink due to heat.
前記第1シート部材及び前記第2シート部材の一方は、前記第2部分の収縮に伴い変形してもよい。 One of the first sheet member and the second sheet member may deform as the second portion contracts.
この場合、第1シート部材及び第2シート部材の一方のみが変形し、他方は変形しない。このため、第1シート部材と第1部分との接合、又は第2シート部材とチップペーパ等との接合が維持され、上流部が香味発生物品から脱落することを抑制できる。 In this case, only one of the first and second sheet members deforms, while the other does not. This maintains the bond between the first sheet member and the first portion, or the bond between the second sheet member and the tipping paper, etc., preventing the upstream portion from falling off the flavor-generating article.
喫煙セッションの前期において、前記第2部分の吸引抵抗は、前記第1部分の吸引抵抗よりも小さく、喫煙セッションの後期において、前記第2部分の吸引抵抗は、前記第1部分の吸引抵抗より大きくてもよい。 In the early stages of a smoking session, the resistance to draw of the second portion may be smaller than the resistance to draw of the first portion, and in the later stages of a smoking session, the resistance to draw of the second portion may be larger than the resistance to draw of the first portion.
この場合、喫煙セッションの前期では、吸引抵抗の小さい第2部分に優先的に空気を通過させ、喫煙セッションの後期では、加熱により第2部分の吸引抵抗を上昇させて、第1部分に優先的に空気を通過させることができる。 In this case, in the early stages of a smoking session, air is preferentially passed through the second section, which has a lower resistance to draw, and in the later stages of a smoking session, the resistance to draw in the second section is increased by heating, allowing air to preferentially pass through the first section.
喫煙セッションの前期における前記第2部分の吸引抵抗は、喫煙セッションの後期における前記第2部分の吸引抵抗よりも小さくてもよい。 The resistance to draw of the second portion during an early stage of a smoking session may be smaller than the resistance to draw of the second portion during a later stage of a smoking session.
この場合、喫煙セッションの前期よりも後期において、第2部分への空気の流入量を増加させて、香味発生部で生じる香味を効率的にデリバリすることができる。 In this case, the amount of air flowing into the second section can be increased in the latter part of the smoking session compared to the earlier part, allowing the flavor generated in the flavor generating section to be delivered more efficiently.
前記香味発生部は、前記第1部分を通過した空気が流入する第1香味源と、前記第2部分を通過した空気が流入する第2香味源と、前記第1香味源と前記第2香味源とを区画するセパレータと、を有してもよい。 The flavor generating unit may have a first flavor source into which air that has passed through the first portion flows, a second flavor source into which air that has passed through the second portion flows, and a separator that separates the first flavor source from the second flavor source.
この場合、例えば、喫煙セッションの前期では、第2香味源に優先的に空気を通過させ、喫煙セッションの後期では、上流部の吸引抵抗の変化により、第1香味源に優先的に空気を通過させることができる。また、セパレータにより、第1香味源及び第2香味源の一方に流入した空気が第1香味源及び第2香味源の他方に流出することを抑制できるので、所望の香味源に空気を通過させることができる。 In this case, for example, in the early part of a smoking session, air can be made to pass preferentially through the second flavor source, and in the later part of the smoking session, air can be made to pass preferentially through the first flavor source due to changes in the suction resistance in the upstream section. Furthermore, the separator can prevent air that has flowed into one of the first and second flavor sources from flowing out to the other of the first and second flavor sources, allowing air to pass through the desired flavor source.
香味発生物品は、前記香味発生部の下流側に位置する下流部を備え、前記下流部は、外部から内部に空気を流入する開孔を有してもよい。 The flavor-generating article may include a downstream portion located downstream of the flavor-generating portion, and the downstream portion may have an opening that allows air to flow from the outside to the inside.
この場合、喫煙セッションの前期と後期とで上流部の吸引抵抗が変化したときに、喫煙セッションの前期と後期でのエアロゾルの希釈率を調整することができ、喫煙セッションを通じた香味バランスの調整をすることができる。 In this case, when the upstream suction resistance changes between the early and later stages of a smoking session, the aerosol dilution rate can be adjusted between the early and later stages of the smoking session, allowing the flavor balance to be adjusted throughout the smoking session.
前記下流部は、フィルタ部と、前記香味発生部と前記フィルタ部との間に筒状に形成された中空管部と、を有し、前記開孔は前記中空管部に位置してもよい。 The downstream section may have a filter section and a hollow tube section formed in a cylindrical shape between the flavor generating section and the filter section, and the opening may be located in the hollow tube section.
喫煙セッションの前期における前記上流部からの空気流入量と前記開孔からの空気流入量との比は、喫煙セッションの後期における当該上流部からの空気流入量と当該開孔からの空気流入量との比と異なってもよい。 The ratio of the amount of air inflow from the upstream portion to the amount of air inflow from the opening during the early part of a smoking session may be different from the ratio of the amount of air inflow from the upstream portion to the amount of air inflow from the opening during the later part of a smoking session.
この場合、喫煙セッションの前期と後期でのエアロゾルの希釈率を調整することができ、喫煙セッションを通じた香味バランスの調整をすることができる。 In this case, the aerosol dilution rate can be adjusted between the early and later stages of a smoking session, allowing the flavor balance to be adjusted throughout the smoking session.
喫煙セッションの後期における前記開孔からの空気流入量は、喫煙セッションの前期における当該開孔からの空気流入量よりも増加してもよい。 The amount of air flowing through the opening during the latter part of a smoking session may be greater than the amount of air flowing through the opening during the earlier part of a smoking session.
この場合、開孔からの空気流入量に比べて、香味発生物品の先端からの空気流入量が減少するので、喫煙セッションの後期におけるパフによる香味成分のデリバリ量を減少させることができる。 In this case, the amount of air flowing in from the tip of the flavor-generating article is reduced compared to the amount of air flowing in from the aperture, thereby reducing the amount of flavor components delivered by puffs in the later stages of a smoking session.
前記上流部は、その側面に外部から内部に空気を流入する通気孔を有してもよい。 The upstream section may have a ventilation hole on its side that allows air to flow from the outside to the inside.
この場合、通気孔からの上流部の内部(具体的には、第2部分)に空気が流入できるため、第1部分と第2部分との吸引抵抗のバランスの調整が容易となる。 In this case, air can flow into the upstream portion (specifically, the second portion) from the air vent, making it easier to adjust the balance of suction resistance between the first and second portions.
以下、本発明の実施形態について図面を参照して説明する。以下で説明する図面において、同一の又は相当する構成要素には、同一の符号を付して重複した説明を省略する。図1は、本実施形態に係る喫煙システム100を示す図である。図1に示すように、喫煙システム100は、香味源を有する香味発生物品110と、香味発生物品110を加熱する香味吸引器120とを有する。ユーザが吸い込む空気は、例えば、空気流100A、空気流100C、空気流100Bの順でユーザの口腔内に導かれる。即ち、図1に示す喫煙システム100はいわゆるカウンターフロー形式の空気流路を有する。 Embodiments of the present invention will now be described with reference to the drawings. In the drawings described below, identical or corresponding components will be designated by the same reference numerals, and redundant description will be omitted. Figure 1 is a diagram showing a smoking system 100 according to this embodiment. As shown in Figure 1, the smoking system 100 has a flavor-generating article 110 having a flavor source, and a flavor inhaler 120 that heats the flavor-generating article 110. Air inhaled by a user is guided into the user's oral cavity in the order of, for example, air flow 100A, air flow 100C, and air flow 100B. In other words, the smoking system 100 shown in Figure 1 has a so-called counterflow type air flow path.
香味発生物品110は、喫煙可能な香味を発生しうるたばこ等の香味源を含む基材であり、例えば長手方向に沿って延びる柱状形状を有する。香味発生物品110は、例えばたばこスティックであり得る。香味発生物品110は、円筒形状、多角形断面の柱状形状、又は扁平形状を有してもよい。なお、本明細書において「長手方向」とは、香味発生物品110の長さ方向、又は後述する先端プラグ112及び香味発生部220の隣接する方向を意味する。 The flavor generating article 110 is a substrate containing a flavor source such as tobacco capable of generating a smokable flavor, and has, for example, a columnar shape extending along the longitudinal direction. The flavor generating article 110 may be, for example, a tobacco stick. The flavor generating article 110 may have a cylindrical shape, a columnar shape with a polygonal cross section, or a flattened shape. In this specification, the term "longitudinal direction" refers to the length direction of the flavor generating article 110, or the direction in which the tip plug 112 and flavor generating section 220, described below, are adjacent to each other.
香味吸引器120は、バッテリ10と、制御部20と、加熱部30とを有する。バッテリ10は、香味吸引器120で用いる電力を蓄積する。例えば、バッテリ10は、リチウムイオン電池である。バッテリ10は、外部電源によって充電可能であってもよい。 The flavor inhaler 120 has a battery 10, a control unit 20, and a heating unit 30. The battery 10 stores the power used by the flavor inhaler 120. For example, the battery 10 is a lithium-ion battery. The battery 10 may be rechargeable by an external power source.
制御部20は、CPU及びメモリなどによって構成されており、加熱部30を含む香味吸引器120の動作を制御する。例えば、制御部20は、図示しない押しボタンやスライド式スイッチ等の入力装置に対するユーザ操作に応じて香味発生物品110の加熱を開始し、一定時間が経過したら香味発生物品110の加熱を終了する。制御部20は、ユーザによるパフ動作の回数が一定値を超過した場合に、香味発生物品110の加熱開始から一定時間が経過する前であっても香味発生物品110の加熱を終了してもよい。例えば、パフ動作は、図示しないセンサによって検出される。 The control unit 20 is composed of a CPU, memory, etc., and controls the operation of the flavor inhaler 120, including the heating unit 30. For example, the control unit 20 starts heating the flavor generating article 110 in response to user operation of an input device such as a push button or slide switch (not shown), and stops heating the flavor generating article 110 after a certain period of time has passed. The control unit 20 may stop heating the flavor generating article 110 even before a certain period of time has passed since heating of the flavor generating article 110 began if the number of puffs performed by the user exceeds a certain value. For example, puffing is detected by a sensor (not shown).
或いは、制御部20は、パフ動作の開始に応じて香味発生物品110の加熱を開始し、パフ動作の終了に応じて香味発生物品110の加熱を終了してもよい。制御部20は、パフ動作の開始から一定時間が経過した場合に、パフ動作の終了前であっても香味発生物品110の加熱を終了してもよい。実施形態では、制御部20は、バッテリ10と加熱部30との間に配置されており、加熱部30からバッテリ10への熱伝達を抑制する。 Alternatively, the control unit 20 may start heating the flavor-generating article 110 in response to the start of a puffing action, and may end heating the flavor-generating article 110 in response to the end of the puffing action. The control unit 20 may also end heating the flavor-generating article 110 when a certain amount of time has elapsed since the start of the puffing action, even before the end of the puffing action. In an embodiment, the control unit 20 is disposed between the battery 10 and the heating unit 30, and suppresses heat transfer from the heating unit 30 to the battery 10.
加熱部30は、長手方向に延びるチャンバ32と、チャンバ32の一部を囲う加熱源40(加熱部材の一例に相当する)と、を備える。チャンバ32は、香味発生物品110を収容する筒状形状を有する。なお、チャンバ32は、香味吸引器120の長手方向に垂直な断面において長径および短径を有する、いわゆる楕円形状を有してもよい。チャンバ32は、耐熱性を有し、かつ熱膨張率の小さい材料で形成されることが好ましく、例えば、ステンレス鋼等の金属や、PEEK等の樹脂、ガラス、セラミック等で形成され得る。 The heating unit 30 comprises a chamber 32 extending in the longitudinal direction, and a heating source 40 (corresponding to an example of a heating element) that surrounds a portion of the chamber 32. The chamber 32 has a cylindrical shape that houses the flavor-generating product 110. The chamber 32 may also have an elliptical shape, having a major axis and a minor axis in a cross section perpendicular to the longitudinal direction of the flavor inhaler 120. The chamber 32 is preferably formed from a heat-resistant material with a low coefficient of thermal expansion, and may be formed from, for example, a metal such as stainless steel, a resin such as PEEK, glass, ceramic, etc.
加熱源40は、チャンバ32の外周面に接触し、チャンバ32に収容された香味発生物品110を加熱するように構成される。具体的には、加熱源40は、チャンバ32を介して香味発生物品110の後述する香味源221及び先端プラグ112を加熱するように構成される。加熱源40は、シート状のヒータであり得る。加熱源40は、発熱する発熱部と、実質的に発熱部への導電を担う電極部とを含み得る。加熱源40は、チャンバ32の外周面に接触するように設けられてもよいし、チャンバ32の内面に設けられてもよい。ここで、加熱源40の長手方向の長さは、例えば10mmである。なお、一例として、香味発生物品110の内部または近接するようにサセプタを設け、加熱源40に代えてサセプタを誘導加熱するための誘導コイルを配置することも可能である。 The heat source 40 is configured to contact the outer peripheral surface of the chamber 32 and heat the flavor-generating article 110 contained in the chamber 32. Specifically, the heat source 40 is configured to heat the flavor source 221 (described below) and the tip plug 112 of the flavor-generating article 110 via the chamber 32. The heat source 40 may be a sheet-shaped heater. The heat source 40 may include a heat-generating portion that generates heat and an electrode portion that essentially conducts electricity to the heat-generating portion. The heat source 40 may be provided so as to contact the outer peripheral surface of the chamber 32, or may be provided on the inner surface of the chamber 32. Here, the longitudinal length of the heat source 40 is, for example, 10 mm. As an example, it is also possible to provide a susceptor inside or adjacent to the flavor-generating article 110, and to arrange an induction coil for inductively heating the susceptor instead of the heat source 40.
図1に示す喫煙システム100は、いわゆるカウンターフロー形式の空気流路を有するが、これに限らず、加熱部30の底部から加熱部30の内部及び香味発生物品110に空気が供給されるいわゆるボトムフロー形式の空気流路を有してもよい。 The smoking system 100 shown in Figure 1 has a so-called counterflow type air flow path, but is not limited to this. It may also have a so-called bottom flow type air flow path in which air is supplied from the bottom of the heating unit 30 to the interior of the heating unit 30 and the flavor-generating article 110.
図2は、香味発生物品110の分解斜視図である。また、図3は、香味発生物品110の概略断面図である。具体的には図3(a)は、香味発生物品110の概略側断面図である。図3(b)は、図3(a)における矢視b-bにおける断面図である。図2及び図3(a)に示すように、香味発生物品110は、香味を発生する香味発生部220と、香味発生部220の上流側に配置された先端プラグ112(上流部の一例に相当する)と、を備える。より具体的には、図示の例では、香味発生物品110は、先端側(すなわち、吸い口とは反対側)から順に、先端プラグ112と、香味発生部220と、中空管部132と、中空フィルタ部240と、フィルタプラグ250とを備えている。これら5つの構成要素は、アウタプラグラップ280、アウタプラグラップ260、およびチップペーパ270を用いて連結されている。 2 is an exploded perspective view of the flavor generating article 110. FIG. 3 is a schematic cross-sectional view of the flavor generating article 110. Specifically, FIG. 3(a) is a schematic side cross-sectional view of the flavor generating article 110. FIG. 3(b) is a cross-sectional view taken along the line b-b in FIG. 3(a). As shown in FIGS. 2 and 3(a), the flavor generating article 110 comprises a flavor generating section 220 that generates a flavor, and a tip plug 112 (corresponding to an example of an upstream section) that is positioned upstream of the flavor generating section 220. More specifically, in the illustrated example, the flavor generating article 110 comprises, in order from the tip side (i.e., the side opposite the mouthpiece), the tip plug 112, the flavor generating section 220, a hollow tube section 132, a hollow filter section 240, and a filter plug 250. These five components are connected using an outer plug wrap 280, an outer plug wrap 260, and tipping paper 270.
香味発生物品110の1本当たりの長軸方向の吸引抵抗は、特段制限されないが、吸い易さの観点から、通常8mmH2O以上であり、10mmH2O以上であることが好ましく、12mmH2O以上であることがより好ましく、また、通常150mmH2O以下であり、100mmH2O以下であることが好ましく、80mmH2O以下であることがより好ましく、60mmH2O以下であることがさらにより好ましい。具体的には例えば、香味発生物品110の吸引抵抗は、30mmH2O以上150mmH2O以下であることが好ましい。この場合、ユーザに快適な吸引抵抗を提供することができる。吸引抵抗は、ISO標準法(ISO6565:2015)に従って、例えばセルリアン社製フィルタ吸引抵抗測定器を使用して測定される。吸引抵抗は、香味発生物品110の側面における空気の透過が行なわれない状態で一方の端面(第1端面)から他方の端面(第2端面)に所定の空気流量(17.5cc/sec)の空気を流した際の、第1端面と第2端面との気圧差を指す。単位は、一般的にはmmH2Oで表す。吸引抵抗と非燃焼加熱式たばこの長さとの関係は、通常実施する長さ範囲(長さ5mm~200mm)においては比例関係であることが知られていて、長さが倍になれば、非燃焼加熱式たばこの吸引抵抗は倍になる。 The resistance of draw in the longitudinal direction per flavor-generating article 110 is not particularly limited, but from the viewpoint of ease of draw, it is typically 8 mmH2O or more, preferably 10 mmH2O or more, more preferably 12 mmH2O or more, and typically 150 mmH2O or less, preferably 100 mmH2O or less, more preferably 80 mmH2O or less, and even more preferably 60 mmH2O or less. Specifically, for example, the resistance of draw of flavor-generating article 110 is preferably 30 mmH2O or more and 150 mmH2O or less. In this case, a comfortable resistance of draw can be provided to the user. The resistance of draw is measured in accordance with the ISO standard method (ISO6565:2015) using, for example, a filter resistance of draw measuring device manufactured by Cerulean Co., Ltd. The resistance to draw refers to the difference in air pressure between the first end face and the second end face when a predetermined air flow rate (17.5 cc/sec) of air flows from one end face (first end face) to the other end face (second end face) without air permeation through the side faces of the flavor-generating article 110. The unit is generally expressed in mmH 2 O. It is known that the relationship between the resistance to draw and the length of a non-combustion heat-not-burn tobacco is proportional within the normally used length range (5 mm to 200 mm), and the resistance to draw of the non-combustion heat-not-burn tobacco doubles if the length is doubled.
棒状の香味発生物品110は、以下のように定義されるアスペクト比が1以上である形状を満たす柱状形状を有していることが好ましい。
アスペクト比=h/w
wは柱状体の底面の幅(本明細書においては、香味発生部220側の底面の幅とする。)、hは高さであり、h≧wであることが好ましい。本明細書においては、長軸方向はhで示された方向であると規定する。したがって、仮にw≧hである場合においてもhで示された方向を便宜上長軸方向と称する。底面の形状は限定されず、多角、角丸多角、円、又は楕円等であってよい。幅wは、当該底面が円形の場合は直径、楕円形である場合は長径、又は多角形もしくは角丸多角である場合は外接円の直径もしくは外接楕円の長径である。
The stick-shaped flavor generating article 110 preferably has a columnar shape that satisfies the aspect ratio defined below as 1 or greater.
Aspect ratio = h/w
w is the width of the bottom surface of the columnar body (in this specification, this is the width of the bottom surface on the flavor generating section 220 side), and h is the height, and it is preferable that h≧w. In this specification, the long axis direction is defined as the direction indicated by h. Therefore, even if w≧h, the direction indicated by h will be referred to as the long axis direction for convenience. The shape of the bottom surface is not limited and may be polygonal, rounded polygonal, circular, elliptical, or the like. The width w is the diameter if the bottom surface is circular, the major axis if it is elliptical, or the diameter of the circumscribing circle or the major axis of the circumscribing ellipse if the bottom surface is polygonal or rounded polygonal.
香味発生物品110の長軸方向の長さhは、特段制限されず、例えば、通常40mm以上であり、45mm以上であることが好ましく、50mm以上であることがより好ましい。また、通常100mm以下であり、90mm以下であることが好ましく、80mm以下であることがより好ましい。 The length h of the flavor-generating article 110 in the longitudinal direction is not particularly limited, and is, for example, typically 40 mm or more, preferably 45 mm or more, and more preferably 50 mm or more. It is also typically 100 mm or less, preferably 90 mm or less, and more preferably 80 mm or less.
香味発生物品110の柱状体の底面の幅wは、特段制限されず、例えば、通常5mm以上であり、5.5mm以上であることが好ましい。また、通常10mm以下であり、9mm以下であることが好ましく、8mm以下であることがより好ましい。 The width w of the bottom surface of the columnar body of the flavor-generating article 110 is not particularly limited, and is typically 5 mm or more, and preferably 5.5 mm or more. It is also typically 10 mm or less, preferably 9 mm or less, and more preferably 8 mm or less.
香味発生物品110の長軸方向の長さにおける、中空管部132及びフィルタセグメントの長さ(中空フィルタ部240とフィルタプラグ250との合計の長さ)の割合(中空管部132:フィルタセグメント)は、特段制限されないが、香料のデリバリ量や適切なエアロゾル温度の観点から、通常0.60~1.40:0.60~1.40であり、0.80~1.20:0.80~1.20であることが好ましく、0.85~1.15:0.85~1.15であることがより好ましく、0.90~1.10:0.90~1.10であることがさらに好ましく、0.95~1.05:0.95~1.05であることが特に好ましい。中空管部132及びフィルタセグメント(中空フィルタ部240とフィルタプラグ250)の長さの割合を上記範囲内とすることで、冷却効果、生成した蒸気及びエアロゾルが中空管部132の内壁に付着することによるロスを抑制する効果、及びフィルタの空気量及び香味の調整機能のバランスをとって、良好且つ強い香味を提供する効果、を実現できる。特に、中空管部132を長くすると、エアロゾル等の粒子化が促進され良好な香味を実現できるが、長すぎると通過する物質の内壁への付着が生じてしまう。 The ratio (hollow tube portion 132:filter segment) of the length of the hollow tube portion 132 and the filter segment (total length of the hollow filter portion 240 and filter plug 250) to the longitudinal length of the flavor generating article 110 is not particularly limited, but from the standpoint of the amount of flavor delivered and the appropriate aerosol temperature, it is typically 0.60-1.40:0.60-1.40, preferably 0.80-1.20:0.80-1.20, more preferably 0.85-1.15:0.85-1.15, even more preferably 0.90-1.10:0.90-1.10, and particularly preferably 0.95-1.05:0.95-1.05. By keeping the length ratio of the hollow tube portion 132 and the filter segments (hollow filter portion 240 and filter plug 250) within the above range, it is possible to achieve a cooling effect, reduce losses due to adhesion of generated steam and aerosol to the inner wall of the hollow tube portion 132, and balance the filter's air volume and flavor adjustment functions to provide a good and strong flavor. In particular, if the hollow tube portion 132 is made longer, the aerosol and other particles will be more easily broken down, resulting in a good flavor, but if it is too long, substances passing through will adhere to the inner wall.
香味発生部220は、先端プラグ112の下流に隣接して配置されている。香味発生部220は、香味源221と、香味源221を巻装する巻紙222とを備えている。香味発生部220の態様は、公知の態様であれば特段制限されないが、通常、香味源221を巻紙222で巻装してなる態様である。香味源221は、それが内側になるように巻紙222によって巻装されて香味発生部220を形成する。製造上の問題がなければ、香味発生部220において巻紙222を省略してもよい。香味源221は、たばこ充填物を含んでいてもよい。たばこ充填物は、特段制限されず、後述する第一のたばこ充填物又は第二のたばこ充填物を用いることができる。また、本願明細書では、後述するたばこ刻み、たばこシート、たばこ顆粒等のような乾燥たばこの成形品を、単に「乾燥たばこ葉」と称することがある。また、香味発生部220は、たばこ製品を加熱するための加熱源40との嵌合部を有していてもよい。 The flavor generating section 220 is disposed adjacent to and downstream of the tip plug 112. The flavor generating section 220 comprises a flavor source 221 and cigarette paper 222 around which the flavor source 221 is wrapped. The form of the flavor generating section 220 is not particularly limited as long as it is a known form, but typically, the flavor source 221 is wrapped in cigarette paper 222. The flavor source 221 is wrapped in cigarette paper 222 so that it faces inward to form the flavor generating section 220. If there are no manufacturing issues, the cigarette paper 222 may be omitted from the flavor generating section 220. The flavor source 221 may contain a tobacco filler. The tobacco filler is not particularly limited, and the first tobacco filler or the second tobacco filler described below may be used. Furthermore, in this specification, dried tobacco molded products such as tobacco shreds, tobacco sheets, tobacco granules, etc. described below may sometimes be simply referred to as "dried tobacco leaves." The flavor generating unit 220 may also have a fitting portion for engaging with a heat source 40 for heating the tobacco product.
香味源221を巻紙222で巻装してなる香味発生部220は、柱状形状を有していることが好ましく、この場合には、香味発生部220の底面の幅に対する香味発生部220の長軸方向の高さで表されるアスペクト比が1以上であることが好ましい。底面の形状は限定されず、多角、角丸多角、円、楕円等であってよい。底面の幅は、当該底面が円形の場合は直径、楕円形である場合は長径、多角形又は角丸多角である場合は外接円の直径又は外接楕円の長径である。 The flavor generating section 220, which is formed by wrapping the flavor source 221 in wrapping paper 222, preferably has a columnar shape. In this case, it is preferable that the aspect ratio, which is expressed as the height of the flavor generating section 220 in the major axis direction relative to the width of the bottom surface of the flavor generating section 220, is 1 or greater. The shape of the bottom surface is not limited and may be polygonal, rounded polygonal, circular, elliptical, etc. The width of the bottom surface is the diameter if the bottom surface is circular, the major axis if the bottom surface is elliptical, and the diameter of the circumscribing circle or the major axis of the circumscribing ellipse if the bottom surface is polygonal or rounded polygonal.
香味発生部220の長軸方向の長さは、製品のサイズに合わせて適宜変更し得るが、通常10mm以上であり、12mm以上であることが好ましく、また、通常70mm以下であり、50mm以下であることが好ましく、30mm以下であることがより好ましく、25mm以下であることがさらに好ましく、20mm以下であることがさらにより好ましい。 The length of the flavor generating section 220 in the longitudinal direction can be adjusted appropriately to suit the size of the product, but is typically 10 mm or more, preferably 12 mm or more, and typically 70 mm or less, preferably 50 mm or less, more preferably 30 mm or less, even more preferably 25 mm or less, and even more preferably 20 mm or less.
また、香味発生物品110の長軸方向の全体の長さに対する香味発生部220の長さの割合は、特段制限されないが、デリバリ量とエアロゾル温度のバランスの観点から、通常10%以上であり、20%以上であることが好ましく、また、通常80%以下であり、70%以下であることが好ましく、60%以下であることがより好ましく、50%以下であることがさらに好ましく、45%以下であることが特に好ましく、40%以下であることが最も好ましい。 Furthermore, the ratio of the length of the flavor generating section 220 to the overall length in the longitudinal direction of the flavor generating article 110 is not particularly limited, but from the viewpoint of the balance between the delivery amount and the aerosol temperature, it is usually 10% or more, preferably 20% or more, and usually 80% or less, preferably 70% or less, more preferably 60% or less, even more preferably 50% or less, particularly preferably 45% or less, and most preferably 40% or less.
香味発生部220中の乾燥たばこ葉の含有量は、特段制限されないが、150mg/ロッド部以上、800mg/ロッド部以下を挙げることができ、200mg/ロッド部以上、600mg/ロッド部以下が好ましい。 The content of dried tobacco leaves in the flavor generating section 220 is not particularly limited, but examples include 150 mg or more and 800 mg or less per rod part, and preferably 200 mg or more and 600 mg or less per rod part.
まず、第一のたばこ充填物(単に「第一の充填物」とも称する。)から説明する。第一の充填物に含まれるたばこ刻みの材料は特に限定されず、ラミナや中骨等の公知のものを用いることができる。また、たばこ刻みは、乾燥したたばこ葉を平均粒径が20μm以上、200μm以下になるように粉砕してたばこ粉砕物とし、これを均一化してシート加工し、この均一化シートを刻んで製造してもよい。さらに、たばこ刻みは、香味発生部220の長手方向と同程度の長さを有する均一化シートを、香味発生部220の長手方向と略水平に刻んだものを巻紙222に充填する、いわゆるストランドタイプであってもよい。また、たばこ刻みの幅は、巻紙222に充填するために、0.5mm以上2.0mm以下であることが好ましい。 First, the first tobacco filler (also simply referred to as the "first filler") will be described. The material of the tobacco shreds contained in the first filler is not particularly limited, and known materials such as lamina or ribs can be used. The tobacco shreds may be produced by grinding dried tobacco leaves to an average particle size of 20 μm or more and 200 μm or less to produce tobacco grounds, homogenizing the grounds, processing them into sheets, and then shredding the homogenized sheets. Furthermore, the tobacco shreds may be of the so-called strand type, in which a homogenized sheet having a length approximately the same as the longitudinal direction of the flavor generating section 220 is shredded approximately parallel to the longitudinal direction of the flavor generating section 220 and filled into the cigarette paper 222. The width of the tobacco shreds is preferably 0.5 mm or more and 2.0 mm or less in order to be filled into the cigarette paper 222.
上記たばこ刻み及び均一化シートの作製に用いるたばこ葉について、様々な種類のたばこを用いることができる。例えば、黄色種、バーレー種、オリエント種、在来種、その他のニコチアナ-タバカム系品種、ニコチアナ-ルスチカ系品種、及びこれらの混合物を挙げることができる。混合物については、目的とする味となるように、上記の各品種を適宜ブレンドして用いることができる。上記たばこの品種の詳細は、「たばこの事典、たばこ総合研究センター、2009.3.31」に開示されている。上記均一化シートの製造方法、すなわち、たばこ葉を粉砕して均一化シートに加工する方法として、複数の従来の方法が知られている。1つ目は抄紙プロセスを用いて抄造シートを作製する方法である。2つ目は水等の適切な溶媒を、粉砕したたばこ葉に混ぜて均一化した後に金属製板もしくは金属製板ベルトの上に均一化物を薄くキャスティングし、乾燥させてキャストシートを作製する方法である。3つ目は水等の適切な溶媒を、粉砕したたばこ葉に混ぜて均一化したものをシート状に押し出し成型して圧延シートを作製する方法である。上記均一化シートの種類については、「たばこの事典、たばこ総合研究センター、2009.3.31」に詳細が開示されている。 Various types of tobacco can be used for the tobacco leaves used to produce the shredded tobacco and homogenized sheets. Examples include flue-cured tobacco, burley, oriental tobacco, native tobacco, other Nicotiana tabacum varieties, Nicotiana rustica varieties, and mixtures thereof. Mixtures can be made by blending the above varieties appropriately to achieve the desired flavor. Details of the tobacco varieties are disclosed in the "Encyclopedia of Tobacco," published by the Tobacco Research Center on March 31, 2009. Several conventional methods are known for producing the homogenized sheets, i.e., grinding tobacco leaves and processing them into homogenized sheets. The first method is to produce a paper-making sheet using a papermaking process. The second method involves mixing a suitable solvent, such as water, with ground tobacco leaves to homogenize them, then casting a thin layer of the homogenized mixture on a metal plate or metal belt and drying it to produce a cast sheet. The third method involves mixing a suitable solvent, such as water, with ground tobacco leaves to homogenize them, and extruding the mixture into a sheet to produce a rolled sheet. Details of the types of homogenizing sheets mentioned above are disclosed in "Encyclopedia of Tobacco," Tobacco Research Center, March 31, 2009.
たばこ充填物の水分含有量は、例えば、たばこ充填物の全量に対して10重量%以上15重量%以下であり、11重量%以上13重量%以下であることが好ましい。このような水分含有量であると、巻染みの発生を抑制し、香味発生部220の製造時の巻上適性を良好にする。第一のたばこ充填物に含まれるたばこ刻みの大きさやその調製法については特に制限はない。例えば、乾燥したたばこ葉を、幅0.5mm以上2.0mm以下に刻んだものを第一のたばこ充填物に用いてもよい。また、均一化シートの粉砕物を用いる場合、乾燥したたばこ葉を平均粒径が20μm~200μm程度になるように粉砕して均一化したものをシート加工し、それを幅0.5mm以上2.0mm以下に刻んだものを第一のたばこ充填物に用いてもよい。 The moisture content of the tobacco filler is, for example, between 10% and 15% by weight, and preferably between 11% and 13% by weight, relative to the total amount of the tobacco filler. This moisture content suppresses the occurrence of stains on the surface of the tobacco and improves the suitability of the flavor generating unit 220 for rolling during manufacture. There are no particular restrictions on the size of the tobacco shreds contained in the first tobacco filler or the method of preparing them. For example, dried tobacco leaves shredded to a width of between 0.5 mm and 2.0 mm may be used for the first tobacco filler. Furthermore, when using a ground homogenized sheet, dried tobacco leaves may be ground to an average particle size of approximately 20 μm to 200 μm, homogenized, processed into a sheet, and then shredded to a width of between 0.5 mm and 2.0 mm for use in the first tobacco filler.
第一のたばこ充填物は、エアロゾルを生成するエアロゾル基材を含んでいてもよい。エアロゾル基材の種類は、特に限定されず、用途に応じて種々の天然物からの抽出物質及び/又はそれらの構成成分を選択することができる。エアロゾル基材としては、グリセリン、プロピレングリコール、トリアセチン、1,3-ブタンジオール、及びこれらの混合物を挙げることができる。 The first tobacco filler may contain an aerosol base that generates an aerosol. The type of aerosol base is not particularly limited, and extracts from various natural products and/or their constituent components can be selected depending on the application. Examples of aerosol bases include glycerin, propylene glycol, triacetin, 1,3-butanediol, and mixtures thereof.
第一のたばこ充填物中のエアロゾル基材の含有量は、特に限定されず、十分にエアロゾルを生成させること、及び良好な香味の付与の観点から、たばこ充填物の全量に対して通常5重量%以上であり、好ましくは10重量%以上であり、また、通常50重量%以下であり、好ましくは15重量%以上、25重量%以下である。 The content of the aerosol base material in the first tobacco filler is not particularly limited, but from the viewpoint of generating sufficient aerosol and imparting a good flavor, it is usually 5% by weight or more, preferably 10% by weight or more, and usually 50% by weight or less, preferably 15% by weight or more and 25% by weight or less, of the total amount of the tobacco filler.
第一のたばこ充填物は、香料を含んでいてもよい。当該香料の種類は、特に限定されず、良好な香味の付与の観点から、香料の例として、アセトアニソール、アセトフェノン、アセチルピラジン、2-アセチルチアゾール、アルファルファエキストラクト、アミルアルコール、酪酸アミル、トランス-アネトール、スターアニス油、リンゴ果汁、ペルーバルサム油、ミツロウアブソリュート、ベンズアルデヒド、ベンゾインレジノイド、ベンジルアルコール、安息香酸ベンジル、フェニル酢酸ベンジル、プロピオン酸ベンジル、2,3-ブタンジオン、2-ブタノール、酪酸ブチル、酪酸、カラメル、カルダモン油、キャロブアブソリュート、β-カロテン、ニンジンジュース、L-カルボン、β-カリオフィレン、カシア樹皮油、シダーウッド油、セロリーシード油、カモミル油、シンナムアルデヒド、ケイ皮酸、シンナミルアルコール、ケイ皮酸シンナミル、シトロネラ油、DL-シトロネロール、クラリセージエキストラクト、ココア、コーヒー、コニャック油、コリアンダー油、クミンアルデヒド、ダバナ油、δ-デカラクトン、γ-デカラクトン、デカン酸、ディルハーブ油、3,4-ジメチル-1,2-シクロペンタンジオン、4,5-ジメチル-3-ヒドロキシ-2,5-ジヒドロフラン-2-オン、3,7-ジメチル-6-オクテン酸、2,3-ジメチルピラジン、2,5-ジメチルピラジン、2,6-ジメチルピラジン、2-メチル酪酸エチル、酢酸エチル、酪酸エチル、ヘキサン酸エチル、イソ吉草酸エチル、乳酸エチル、ラウリン酸エチル、レブリン酸エチル、エチルマルトール、オクタン酸エチル、オレイン酸エチル、パルミチン酸エチル、フェニル酢酸エチル、プロピオン酸エチル、ステアリン酸エチル、吉草酸エチル、エチルバニリン、エチルバニリングルコシド、2-エチル-3,(5または6)-ジメチルピラジン、5-エチル-3-ヒドロキシ-4-メチル-2(5H)-フラノン、2-エチル-3-メチルピラジン、ユーカリプトール、フェネグリークアブソリュート、ジェネアブソリュート、リンドウ根インフュージョン、ゲラニオール、酢酸ゲラニル、ブドウ果汁、グアヤコール、グァバエキストラクト、γ-ヘプタラクトン、γ-ヘキサラクトン、ヘキサン酸、シス-3-ヘキセン-1-オール、酢酸ヘキシル、ヘキシルアルコール、フェニル酢酸ヘキシル、ハチミツ、4-ヒドロキシ-3-ペンテン酸ラクトン、4-ヒドロキシ-4-(3-ヒドロキシ-1-ブテニル)-3,5,5-トリメチル-2-シクロヘキセン-1-オン、4-(パラ-ヒドロキシフェニル)-2-ブタノン、4-ヒドロキシウンデカン酸ナトリウム、インモルテルアブソリュート、β-イオノン、酢酸イソアミル、酪酸イソアミル、フェニル酢酸イソアミル、酢酸イソブチル、フェニル酢酸イソブチル、ジャスミンアブソリュート、コーラナッツティンクチャー、ラブダナム油、レモンテルペンレス油、カンゾウエキストラクト、リナロール、酢酸リナリル、ロベージ根油、マルトール、メープルシロップ、メンソール、メントン、酢酸L-メンチル、パラメトキシベンズアルデヒド、メチル-2-ピロリルケトン、アントラニル酸メチル、フェニル酢酸メチル、サリチル酸メチル、4’-メチルアセトフェノン、メチルシクロペンテノロン、3-メチル吉草酸、ミモザアブソリュート、トウミツ、ミリスチン酸、ネロール、ネロリドール、γ-ノナラクトン、ナツメグ油、δ-オクタラクトン、オクタナール、オクタン酸、オレンジフラワー油、オレンジ油、オリス根油、パルミチン酸、ω-ペンタデカラクトン、ペパーミント油、プチグレインパラグアイ油、フェネチルアルコール、フェニル酢酸フェネチル、フェニル酢酸、ピペロナール、プラムエキストラクト、プロペニルグアエトール、酢酸プロピル、3-プロピリデンフタリド、プルーン果汁、ピルビン酸、レーズンエキストラクト、ローズ油、ラム酒、セージ油、サンダルウッド油、スペアミント油、スチラックスアブソリュート、マリーゴールド油、ティーディスティレート、α-テルピネオール、酢酸テルピニル、5,6,7,8-テトラヒドロキノキサリン、1,5,5,9-テトラメチル-13-オキサシクロ(8.3.0.0(4.9))トリデカン、2,3,5,6-テトラメチルピラジン、タイム油、トマトエキストラクト、2-トリデカノン、クエン酸トリエチル、4-(2,6,6-トリメチル-1-シクロヘキセニル)2-ブテン-4-オン、2,6,6-トリメチル-2-シクロヘキセン-1,4-ジオン、4-(2,6,6-トリメチル-1,3-シクロヘキサジエニル)2-ブテン-4-オン、2,3,5-トリメチルピラジン、γ-ウンデカラクトン、γ-バレロラクトン、バニラエキストラクト、バニリン、ベラトルアルデヒド、バイオレットリーフアブソリュート、N-エチル-p-メンタン-3-カルボアミド(WS-3)、エチル-2-(p-メンタン-3-カルボキサミド)アセテート(WS-5)が挙げられ、特にメンソールが好ましい。また、これらの香料は1種を単独で用いても、又は2種以上を併用してもよい。 The first tobacco filler may contain a flavoring. The type of flavoring is not particularly limited, and examples of flavorings that can be used to impart a good flavor include acetanisole, acetophenone, acetylpyrazine, 2-acetylthiazole, alfalfa extract, amyl alcohol, amyl butyrate, trans-anethole, star anise oil, apple juice, Peru balsam oil, beeswax absolute, benzaldehyde, benzoin resinoid, benzyl alcohol, benzyl benzoate, benzyl phenylacetate, benzyl propionate, 2,3-butanedione, 2-butanol, butyl butyrate, butyric acid, caramel, cardamom oil, carob oil, and the like. Solute, β-carotene, carrot juice, L-carvone, β-caryophyllene, cassia bark oil, cedarwood oil, celery seed oil, chamomile oil, cinnamaldehyde, cinnamic acid, cinnamyl alcohol, cinnamyl cinnamate, citronella oil, DL-citronellol, clary sage extract, cocoa, coffee, cognac oil, coriander oil, cuminaldehyde, davana oil, δ-decalactone, γ-decalactone, decanoic acid, dill herb oil, 3,4-dimethyl-1,2-cyclopentanedione, 4,5-dimethyl-3-hydroxy-2,5-dihydrofuran-2 -one, 3,7-dimethyl-6-octenoic acid, 2,3-dimethylpyrazine, 2,5-dimethylpyrazine, 2,6-dimethylpyrazine, ethyl 2-methylbutyrate, ethyl acetate, ethyl butyrate, ethyl hexanoate, ethyl isovalerate, ethyl lactate, ethyl laurate, ethyl levulinate, ethyl maltol, ethyl octanoate, ethyl oleate, ethyl palmitate, ethyl phenylacetate, ethyl propionate, ethyl stearate, ethyl valerate, ethyl vanillin, ethyl vanillin glucoside, 2-ethyl-3,(5 or 6)-dimethylpyrazine, 5-ethyl-3-hydroxy-4 -Methyl-2(5H)-furanone, 2-ethyl-3-methylpyrazine, eucalyptol, fenugreek absolute, gene absolute, gentian root infusion, geraniol, geranyl acetate, grape juice, guaiacol, guava extract, gamma-heptalactone, gamma-hexalactone, hexanoic acid, cis-3-hexen-1-ol, hexyl acetate, hexyl alcohol, phenylhexyl acetate, honey, 4-hydroxy-3-pentenoic acid lactone, 4-hydroxy-4-(3-hydroxy-1-butenyl)-3,5,5-trimethyl-2-cyclohexene Sen-1-one, 4-(para-hydroxyphenyl)-2-butanone, sodium 4-hydroxyundecanoate, inmortell absolute, beta-ionone, isoamyl acetate, isoamyl butyrate, isoamyl phenylacetate, isobutyl acetate, isobutyl phenylacetate, jasmine absolute, cola nut tincture, labdanum oil, lemon terpeneless oil, licorice extract, linalool, linalyl acetate, lovage root oil, maltol, maple syrup, menthol, menthone, L-menthyl acetate, paramethoxybenzaldehyde, methyl-2-pyrrolyl ketone , Methyl anthranilate, Methyl phenylacetate, Methyl salicylate, 4'-methylacetophenone, Methylcyclopentenolone, 3-methylvaleric acid, Mimosa absolute, Honey syrup, Myristic acid, Nerol, Nerolidol, γ-nonalactone, Nutmeg oil, δ-octalactone, Octanal, Octanoic acid, Orange flower oil, Orange oil, Orris root oil, Palmitic acid, ω-pentadecalactone, Peppermint oil, Petitgrain Paraguay oil, Phenethyl alcohol, Phenethyl phenylacetate, Phenylacetic acid, Piperonal, Plum extract, Propenyl guaieto ethanol, propyl acetate, 3-propylidenephthalide, prune juice, pyruvic acid, raisin extract, rose oil, rum, sage oil, sandalwood oil, spearmint oil, styrax absolute, marigold oil, tea distillate, α-terpineol, terpinyl acetate, 5,6,7,8-tetrahydroquinoxaline, 1,5,5,9-tetramethyl-13-oxacyclo(8.3.0.0(4.9))tridecane, 2,3,5,6-tetramethylpyrazine, thyme oil, tomato extract, 2-tridecanone, triethyl citrate, 4-(2,6,6-trimethyl- Examples of suitable fragrances include 2,6,6-trimethyl-1-cyclohexenyl)2-buten-4-one, 2,6,6-trimethyl-2-cyclohexene-1,4-dione, 4-(2,6,6-trimethyl-1,3-cyclohexadienyl)2-buten-4-one, 2,3,5-trimethylpyrazine, γ-undecalactone, γ-valerolactone, vanilla extract, vanillin, veratraldehyde, violet leaf absolute, N-ethyl-p-menthane-3-carboxamide (WS-3), and ethyl-2-(p-menthane-3-carboxamide) acetate (WS-5), with menthol being particularly preferred. These fragrances may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
第一のたばこ充填物中の香料の含有量は、特に限定されず、良好な香味の付与の観点から、通常10000ppm以上であり、好ましくは20000ppm以上であり、より好ましくは25000ppm以上であり、また、通常70000ppm以下であり、好ましくは50000ppm以下であり、より好ましくは40000ppm以下であり、さらに好ましくは33000ppm以下である。 The content of flavoring in the first tobacco filler is not particularly limited, but from the viewpoint of imparting a good flavor, it is usually 10,000 ppm or more, preferably 20,000 ppm or more, more preferably 25,000 ppm or more, and usually 70,000 ppm or less, preferably 50,000 ppm or less, more preferably 40,000 ppm or less, and even more preferably 33,000 ppm or less.
第一のたばこ充填物における充填密度は、特に限定されないが、香味発生物品110の性能の担保、及び良好な香味の付与の観点から、通常250mg/cm3以上であり、好ましくは300mg/cm3以上であり、また、通常400mg/cm3以下であり、好ましくは350mg/cm3以下である。 The packing density of the first tobacco packing is not particularly limited, but from the viewpoint of ensuring the performance of the flavor generating article 110 and imparting a good flavor, it is usually 250 mg/ cm3 or more, preferably 300 mg/ cm3 or more, and is usually 400 mg/ cm3 or less, preferably 350 mg/ cm3 or less.
第二のたばこ充填物は、被充填物(例えば巻紙222)に充填されたたばこシートから構成される。たばこシートの枚数は、1枚であってもよく、2枚以上であってもよい。第二のたばこ充填物が、1枚のたばこシートから構成される場合の態様としては、例えば、その一辺が、被充填物の長手方向と同程度の長さを有するたばこシートが、被充填物の長手方向と略平行の折り目に沿って複数回折り返された状態で充填態様(いわゆるギャザーシート)が挙げられる。また、上記態様として、その一辺が、被充填物の長手方向と同程度の長さを有するたばこシートを、被充填物の長手方向軸を中心に巻き回された状態で充填される態様も挙げられる。 The second tobacco filler is composed of a tobacco sheet packed into a filler (e.g., cigarette paper 222). The number of tobacco sheets may be one or more. When the second tobacco filler is composed of a single tobacco sheet, for example, it may be packed in a state where a tobacco sheet with one side having a length approximately equal to the longitudinal direction of the filler is folded multiple times along folds approximately parallel to the longitudinal direction of the filler (so-called gathered sheet). Another example of the above is a state where a tobacco sheet with one side having a length approximately equal to the longitudinal direction of the filler is packed in a state where it is wound around the longitudinal axis of the filler.
第二のたばこ充填物が、2枚以上のたばこシートから構成される場合の態様としては、例えば、その1辺が、被充填物の長手方向と同程度の長さを有する複数のたばこシートが、同心状に配置されるように、被充填物の長手方向軸を中心に巻き回された状態で充填される態様が挙げられる。「同心状に配置される」とは、すべてのたばこシートの中心が略同じ位置にあるように配置されていることをいう。また、たばこシートの枚数は、特に制限されないが、2枚、3枚、4枚、5枚、6枚、又は7枚である態様を挙げることができる。2枚以上のたばこシートはすべて同じ組成あるいは物性であってもよいし、各たばこシートの中の一部又は全部が異なる組成あるいは物性であってもよい。また、各たばこシートの厚みは、それぞれが同一であってもよく、異なっていてもよい。 In cases where the second tobacco filler is composed of two or more tobacco sheets, for example, multiple tobacco sheets, one side of which has a length approximately the same as the longitudinal axis of the filler, are packed in a state where they are wound around the longitudinal axis of the filler so that they are arranged concentrically. "Arranged concentrically" means that the centers of all the tobacco sheets are located at approximately the same position. The number of tobacco sheets is not particularly limited, but examples include two, three, four, five, six, or seven. The two or more tobacco sheets may all have the same composition or physical properties, or some or all of the tobacco sheets may have different compositions or physical properties. The thickness of each tobacco sheet may be the same or different.
第二のたばこ充填物は、幅の異なる複数のたばこシートを準備して、底部から頂部に向かって幅が小さくなるように積層した積層体を調製し、これを巻管に通して巻き上げ成形することで製造できる。この製造方法によれば、複数のたばこシートが、長手方向に延在するとともに、長手方向軸を中心として同心状に配置されるようになる。また、長手方向軸と、最内層のたばこシートとの間に、長手方向に延在する嵌合部が形成されてもよい。 The second tobacco filler can be manufactured by preparing multiple tobacco sheets of different widths, stacking them so that the width decreases from the bottom to the top, and then passing this through a rolling tube to roll and shape it. According to this manufacturing method, the multiple tobacco sheets extend in the longitudinal direction and are arranged concentrically around the longitudinal axis. A fitting portion extending in the longitudinal direction may also be formed between the longitudinal axis and the innermost tobacco sheet.
この製造方法において、積層体は巻上げ成形後に隣接するたばこシート間に非接触部が形成されるように調製されることが好ましい。複数のたばこシート間に、たばこシートが接触しない非接触部(隙間)が存在すると、香味流路を確保して香味成分のデリバリ効率を高めることができる。他方で、複数のたばこシートの接触部分を介してヒータからの熱を外側のたばこシートに伝達できるので高い伝熱効率を確保することができる。複数のたばこシート間に、たばこシートが接触しない非接触部を設けるために、例えば、エンボス加工したたばこシートを用いる方法、隣接するたばこシート同士の全面を接着せずに積層する方法、隣接するたばこシート同士の一部を接着して積層する方法、又は隣接するたばこシート同士の全面若しくは一部を、巻上げ成形後に剥がれるように軽度に接着して積層することで積層体を調製する方法、を挙げることができる。巻紙222を含めた香味発生部220を調製する場合には、積層体の最底部に上記の巻紙222を配置してもよい。また、積層体の最頂部にマンドレル等の筒状ダミーを載置して第二のたばこ充填物を形成した後に、当該ダミーを除去することで、嵌合部を形成することもできる。 In this manufacturing method, the laminate is preferably prepared so that non-contact portions are formed between adjacent tobacco sheets after rolling. The presence of non-contact portions (gaps) between multiple tobacco sheets where the tobacco sheets do not come into contact ensures flavor flow paths, improving the delivery efficiency of flavor components. On the other hand, heat from the heater can be transferred to the outer tobacco sheets via the contact portions of the multiple tobacco sheets, ensuring high heat transfer efficiency. Methods for providing non-contact portions where the tobacco sheets do not come into contact between multiple tobacco sheets include, for example, using embossed tobacco sheets, stacking adjacent tobacco sheets without bonding their entire surfaces together, bonding adjacent tobacco sheets together in part, or preparing a laminate by lightly bonding adjacent tobacco sheets together in part or all of them so that they can be peeled off after rolling. When preparing a flavor-generating portion 220 including cigarette paper 222, the cigarette paper 222 may be placed at the bottom of the laminate. Alternatively, a cylindrical dummy such as a mandrel can be placed on top of the laminate to form the second tobacco filler, and then the dummy can be removed to form the fitting portion.
第二のたばこ充填物の充填密度は、特に限定されないが、香味発生物品110の性能の担保、及び良好な香味の付与の観点から、通常250mg/cm3以上であり、好ましくは300mg/cm3以上であり、また、通常400mg/cm3以下であり、好ましくは350mg/cm3以下である。 The packing density of the second tobacco filler is not particularly limited, but from the viewpoint of ensuring the performance of the flavor generating article 110 and imparting a good flavor, it is usually 250 mg/ cm3 or more, preferably 300 mg/ cm3 or more, and is usually 400 mg/ cm3 or less, preferably 350 mg/ cm3 or less.
たばこシートは、加熱に伴ってエアロゾルを生成するエアロゾル基材を含んでいてもよい。エアロゾル基材としてグリセリン、プロピレングリコール、1,3-ブタンジオール等のポリオール等のエアロゾル源を添加する。かかるエアロゾル基材の添加量は、たばこシートの乾燥重量に対して5重量%以上、50重量%以下が好ましく、15重量%以上、25重量%以下がより好ましい。 The tobacco sheet may contain an aerosol base material that generates an aerosol when heated. The aerosol base material is an aerosol source such as glycerin, propylene glycol, or a polyol such as 1,3-butanediol. The amount of such aerosol base material added is preferably 5% by weight or more and 50% by weight or less, and more preferably 15% by weight or more and 25% by weight or less, based on the dry weight of the tobacco sheet.
たばこシートは、抄造、スラリー、圧延、等の公知の方法で適宜製造できる。なお、第一のたばこ充填物で説明した均一化シートを用いることもできる。抄造の場合は、以下の工程を含む方法で製造できる。1)乾燥たばこ葉を粗砕し、水で抽出して水抽出物と残渣に分離する。2)水抽出物を減圧乾燥して濃縮する。3)残渣にパルプを加え、リファイナで繊維化した後、抄紙する。4)抄紙したシートに水抽出物の濃縮液を添加して乾燥し、たばこシートとする。この場合、ニトロソアミン等の一部の成分を除去する工程を加えてもよい(特表2004-510422号公報参照)。スラリー法の場合は、以下の工程を含む方法で製造できる。1)水、パルプ及びバインダと、砕いたたばこ葉を混合する。2)当該混合物を薄く延ばして(キャストして)乾燥する。この場合、水、パルプ及びバインダと、砕いたたばこ葉を混合したスラリーに対して紫外線照射もしくはX線照射することでニトロソアミン等の一部の成分を除去する工程を加えてもよい。 Tobacco sheets can be manufactured appropriately using known methods such as papermaking, slurry, rolling, etc. Note that the homogenized sheet described in the first tobacco filler can also be used. In the case of papermaking, they can be manufactured using a method including the following steps: 1) Dried tobacco leaves are coarsely crushed and extracted with water to separate them into an aqueous extract and a residue. 2) The aqueous extract is dried and concentrated under reduced pressure. 3) Pulp is added to the residue, which is then fiberized in a refiner and made into paper. 4) The concentrated aqueous extract is added to the paper-made sheet and dried to produce a tobacco sheet. In this case, a step of removing some components such as nitrosamines may be added (see JP 2004-510422 A). In the case of the slurry method, they can be manufactured using a method including the following steps: 1) Water, pulp, and a binder are mixed with crushed tobacco leaves. 2) The mixture is thinly spread (cast) and dried. In this case, a step may be added in which a slurry of water, pulp, binder, and crushed tobacco leaves is irradiated with ultraviolet light or X-rays to remove some of the components, such as nitrosamines.
この他、国際公開第2014/104078号に記載されているように、以下の工程を含む方法によって製造された不織布状のたばこシートを用いることもできる。1)粉粒状のたばこ葉と結合剤を混合する。2)当該混合物を不織布によって挟む。3)当該積層物を熱溶着によって一定形状に成形し、不織布状のたばこシートを得る。上記の各方法で用いる原料のたばこ葉は、第一の充填物で説明したものと同じ種類であり得る。 In addition, as described in WO 2014/104078, a nonwoven tobacco sheet can also be used, which is produced by a method comprising the following steps: 1) mixing powdered tobacco leaves with a binder; 2) sandwiching the mixture between nonwoven fabrics; and 3) forming the layered product into a fixed shape by heat welding to obtain a nonwoven tobacco sheet. The raw tobacco leaves used in each of the above methods can be of the same type as those described for the first filler.
たばこシートの組成は特に限定されないが、例えば、たばこ原料(たばこ葉)の含有量はたばこシート全重量に対して50重量%以上95重量%以下であることが好ましい。また、たばこシートはバインダを含んでもよく、係るバインダとしては、例えば、グアーガム、キサンタンガム、CMC(カルボキシメチルセルロース)、CMC-Na(カルボキシメチルセルロースのナトリウム塩)等が挙げられる。バインダ量としては、たばこシート全重量に対して1重量%以上、10重量%以下であることが好ましい。たばこシートはさらに他の添加物を含んでもよい。添加物としては、例えばパルプなどのフィラーを挙げることができる。本実施形態においては複数のたばこシートを用いるが、係るたばこシートはすべて同じ組成あるいは物性であってもよいし、各たばこシートの中の一部または全部が異なる組成あるいは物性であってもよい。 The composition of the tobacco sheet is not particularly limited, but for example, the content of tobacco raw material (tobacco leaves) is preferably 50% by weight or more and 95% by weight or less relative to the total weight of the tobacco sheet. The tobacco sheet may also contain a binder, such as guar gum, xanthan gum, CMC (carboxymethylcellulose), CMC-Na (sodium salt of carboxymethylcellulose), etc. The amount of binder is preferably 1% by weight or more and 10% by weight or less relative to the total weight of the tobacco sheet. The tobacco sheet may also contain other additives. Examples of additives include fillers such as pulp. In this embodiment, multiple tobacco sheets are used, and these may all have the same composition or physical properties, or some or all of the tobacco sheets may have different compositions or physical properties.
各たばこシートの厚みについては制限されないが、伝熱効率と強度の兼ね合いから、150μm以上、1000μm以下が好ましく、200μm以上、600μm以下がより好ましい。各たばこシートの厚みについては、それぞれ同一であっても異なっていてもよい。 There are no restrictions on the thickness of each tobacco sheet, but in terms of the balance between heat transfer efficiency and strength, a thickness of 150 μm or more and 1000 μm or less is preferred, and a thickness of 200 μm or more and 600 μm or less is even more preferred. The thickness of each tobacco sheet may be the same or different.
香味発生部220は、乾燥たばこ葉(乾燥済みのたばこ葉)と、多糖類のゲル中に香料が包含されている香料含有材料とを含んでもよい。香料含有材料は、多糖類のゲル中に香料が包含された材料であり、香料含有材料を香味発生部220に配合することで、喫煙セッションの前期から後期にわたってパフ毎の香料デリバリ量のばらつきが抑制され、良好な香味を継続して得ることができる。本発明者らは、その理由について、次のように推測している。まず、香味発生物品110は、図1に示した香味吸引器120に挿入し、一定時間の予備加熱を行った後に喫煙を開始するところ、香味発生部220に香料を直接配合した場合、香料は予備加熱中に揮散し、喫煙セッションの前期にその大部分がデリバリされるので、喫煙セッションの後期において香料のデリバリ量が不十分になると考えられる。これに対して、香味発生部220に香料含有材料を配合した場合は、香料が多糖類のゲルで被覆されているため、予備加熱中の香料の揮散が抑制され、喫煙中に香料が徐々に放出される。そのため、喫煙セッションの後期でも香料のデリバリ量を十分確保できると推測される。 The flavor generating unit 220 may contain dried tobacco leaves (dried tobacco leaves) and a flavor-containing material in which a flavor is encapsulated in a polysaccharide gel. The flavor-containing material is a material in which a flavor is encapsulated in a polysaccharide gel. By incorporating the flavor-containing material into the flavor generating unit 220, variation in the amount of flavor delivered per puff is suppressed from the early to late stages of a smoking session, allowing for a continuous, satisfactory flavor. The inventors speculate that the reason for this is as follows: First, the flavor generating article 110 is inserted into the flavor inhaler 120 shown in FIG. 1 and preheated for a certain period before smoking begins. If a flavor is directly incorporated into the flavor generating unit 220, the flavor volatilizes during preheating, and most of it is delivered in the early stage of the smoking session, which is thought to result in an insufficient amount of flavor being delivered in the later stages of the smoking session. In contrast, when a flavor-containing material is incorporated into the flavor generating unit 220, the flavor is coated with a polysaccharide gel, which suppresses the evaporation of the flavor during preheating and allows the flavor to be gradually released during smoking. Therefore, it is believed that a sufficient amount of flavor can be delivered even in the latter stages of a smoking session.
以下、香料含有材料の成分について説明する。香料の種類は、特に限定されず、良好な香調の付与の観点から、香料の例として、アセトアニソール、アセトフェノン、アセチルピラジン、2-アセチルチアゾール、アルファルファエキストラクト、アミルアルコール、酪酸アミル、トランス-アネトール、スターアニス油、リンゴ果汁、ペルーバルサム油、ミツロウアブソリュート、ベンズアルデヒド、ベンゾインレジノイド、ベンジルアルコール、安息香酸ベンジル、フェニル酢酸ベンジル、プロピオン酸ベンジル、2,3-ブタンジオン、2-ブタノール、酪酸ブチル、酪酸、カラメル、カルダモン油、キャロブアブソリュート、β-カロテン、ニンジンジュース、L-カルボン、β-カリオフィレン、カシア樹皮油、シダーウッド油、セロリーシード油、カモミル油、シンナムアルデヒド、ケイ皮酸、シンナミルアルコール、ケイ皮酸シンナミル、シトロネラ油、DL-シトロネロール、クラリセージエキストラクト、ココア、コーヒー、コニャック油、コリアンダー油、クミンアルデヒド、ダバナ油、δ-デカラクトン、γ-デカラクトン、デカン酸、ディルハーブ油、3,4-ジメチル-1,2-シクロペンタンジオン、4,5-ジメチル-3-ヒドロキシ-2,5-ジヒドロフラン-2-オン、3,7-ジメチル-6-オクテン酸、2,3-ジメチルピラジン、2,5-ジメチルピラジン、2,6-ジメチルピラジン、2-メチル酪酸エチル、酢酸エチル、酪酸エチル、ヘキサン酸エチル、イソ吉草酸エチル、乳酸エチル、ラウリン酸エチル、レブリン酸エチル、エチルマルトール、オクタン酸エチル、オレイン酸エチル、パルミチン酸エチル、フェニル酢酸エチル、プロピオン酸エチル、ステアリン酸エチル、吉草酸エチル、エチルバニリン、エチルバニリングルコシド、2-エチル-3,(5または6)-ジメチルピラジン、5-エチル-3-ヒドロキシ-4-メチル-2(5H)-フラノン、2-エチル-3-メチルピラジン、ユーカリプトール、フェネグリークアブソリュート、ジェネアブソリュート、リンドウ根インフュージョン、ゲラニオール、酢酸ゲラニル、ブドウ果汁、グアヤコール、グァバエキストラクト、γ-ヘプタラクトン、γ-ヘキサラクトン、ヘキサン酸、シス-3-ヘキセン-1-オール、酢酸ヘキシル、ヘキシルアルコール、フェニル酢酸ヘキシル、ハチミツ、4-ヒドロキシ-3-ペンテン酸ラクトン、4-ヒドロキシ-4-(3-ヒドロキシ-1-ブテニル)-3,5,5-トリメチル-2-シクロヘキセン-1-オン、4-(パラ-ヒドロキシフェニル)-2-ブタノン、4-ヒドロキシウンデカン酸ナトリウム、インモルテルアブソリュート、β-イオノン、酢酸イソアミル、酪酸イソアミル、フェニル酢酸イソアミル、酢酸イソブチル、フェニル酢酸イソブチル、ジャスミンアブソリュート、コーラナッツティンクチャー、ラブダナム油、レモンテルペンレス油、カンゾウエキストラクト、リナロール、酢酸リナリル、ロベージ根油、マルトール、メープルシロップ、メンソール、メントン、酢酸L-メンチル、パラメトキシベンズアルデヒド、メチル-2-ピロリルケトン、アントラニル酸メチル、フェニル酢酸メチル、サリチル酸メチル、4’-メチルアセトフェノン、メチルシクロペンテノロン、3-メチル吉草酸、ミモザアブソリュート、トウミツ、ミリスチン酸、ネロール、ネロリドール、γ-ノナラクトン、ナツメグ油、δ-オクタラクトン、オクタナール、オクタン酸、オレンジフラワー油、オレンジ油、オリス根油、パルミチン酸、ω-ペンタデカラクトン、ペパーミント油、プチグレインパラグアイ油、フェネチルアルコール、フェニル酢酸フェネチル、フェニル酢酸、ピペロナール、プラムエキストラクト、プロペニルグアエトール、酢酸プロピル、3-プロピリデンフタリド、プルーン果汁、ピルビン酸、レーズンエキストラクト、ローズ油、ラム酒、セージ油、サンダルウッド油、スペアミント油、スチラックスアブソリュート、マリーゴールド油、ティーディスティレート、α-テルピネオール、酢酸テルピニル、5,6,7,8-テトラヒドロキノキサリン、1,5,5,9-テトラメチル-13-オキサシクロ(8.3.0.0(4.9))トリデカン、2,3,5,6-テトラメチルピラジン、タイム油、トマトエキストラクト、2-トリデカノン、クエン酸トリエチル、4-(2,6,6-トリメチル-1-シクロヘキセニル)2-ブテン-4-オン、2,6,6-トリメチル-2-シクロヘキセン-1,4-ジオン、4-(2,6,6-トリメチル-1,3-シクロヘキサジエニル)2-ブテン-4-オン、2,3,5-トリメチルピラジン、γ-ウンデカラクトン、γ-バレロラクトン、バニラエキストラクト、バニリン、ベラトルアルデヒド、バイオレットリーフアブソリュート、N-エチル-p-メンタン-3-カルボアミド(WS-3)、エチル-2-(p-メンタン-3-カルボキサミド)アセテート(WS-5)が挙げられ、特にメンソールが好ましい。また、これらの香料は1種を単独で使用してもよいし、又は2種以上を併用してもよい。 The ingredients of the fragrance-containing material are explained below. The type of fragrance is not particularly limited, and examples of fragrances that can be used to impart a good fragrance note include acetanisole, acetophenone, acetylpyrazine, 2-acetylthiazole, alfalfa extract, amyl alcohol, amyl butyrate, trans-anethole, star anise oil, apple juice, Peru balsam oil, beeswax absolute, benzaldehyde, benzoin resinoid, benzyl alcohol, benzyl benzoate, benzyl phenylacetate, benzyl propionate, 2,3-butanedione, 2-butanol, butyl butyrate, butyric acid, caramel, cardamom oil, and carob absolute. Lute, β-carotene, carrot juice, L-carvone, β-caryophyllene, cassia bark oil, cedarwood oil, celery seed oil, chamomile oil, cinnamaldehyde, cinnamic acid, cinnamyl alcohol, cinnamyl cinnamate, citronella oil, DL-citronellol, clary sage extract, cocoa, coffee, cognac oil, coriander oil, cuminaldehyde, davana oil, δ-decalactone, γ-decalactone, decanoic acid, dill herb oil, 3,4-dimethyl-1,2-cyclopentanedione, 4,5-dimethyl-3-hydroxy-2,5-dihydrofuran-2- , 3,7-dimethyl-6-octenoic acid, 2,3-dimethylpyrazine, 2,5-dimethylpyrazine, 2,6-dimethylpyrazine, ethyl 2-methylbutyrate, ethyl acetate, ethyl butyrate, ethyl hexanoate, ethyl isovalerate, ethyl lactate, ethyl laurate, ethyl levulinate, ethyl maltol, ethyl octanoate, ethyl oleate, ethyl palmitate, ethyl phenylacetate, ethyl propionate, ethyl stearate, ethyl valerate, ethyl vanillin, ethyl vanillin glucoside, 2-ethyl-3,(5 or 6)-dimethylpyrazine, 5-ethyl-3-hydroxy-4- Methyl-2(5H)-furanone, 2-ethyl-3-methylpyrazine, eucalyptol, fenugreek absolute, gene absolute, gentian root infusion, geraniol, geranyl acetate, grape juice, guaiacol, guava extract, gamma-heptalactone, gamma-hexalactone, hexanoic acid, cis-3-hexen-1-ol, hexyl acetate, hexyl alcohol, phenylhexyl acetate, honey, 4-hydroxy-3-pentenoic acid lactone, 4-hydroxy-4-(3-hydroxy-1-butenyl)-3,5,5-trimethyl-2-cyclohexene 1-one, 4-(para-hydroxyphenyl)-2-butanone, sodium 4-hydroxyundecanoate, inmortell absolute, β-ionone, isoamyl acetate, isoamyl butyrate, isoamyl phenylacetate, isobutyl acetate, isobutyl phenylacetate, jasmine absolute, cola nut tincture, labdanum oil, lemon terpeneless oil, licorice extract, linalool, linalyl acetate, lovage root oil, maltol, maple syrup, menthol, menthone, L-menthyl acetate, paramethoxybenzaldehyde, methyl-2-pyrrolyl ketone , Methyl anthranilate, Methyl phenylacetate, Methyl salicylate, 4'-methylacetophenone, Methylcyclopentenolone, 3-methylvaleric acid, Mimosa absolute, Honey syrup, Myristic acid, Nerol, Nerolidol, γ-nonalactone, Nutmeg oil, δ-octalactone, Octanal, Octanoic acid, Orange flower oil, Orange oil, Orris root oil, Palmitic acid, ω-pentadecalactone, Peppermint oil, Petitgrain Paraguay oil, Phenethyl alcohol, Phenethyl phenylacetate, Phenylacetic acid, Piperonal, Plum extract, Propenyl guaieto ethanol, propyl acetate, 3-propylidenephthalide, prune juice, pyruvic acid, raisin extract, rose oil, rum, sage oil, sandalwood oil, spearmint oil, styrax absolute, marigold oil, tea distillate, α-terpineol, terpinyl acetate, 5,6,7,8-tetrahydroquinoxaline, 1,5,5,9-tetramethyl-13-oxacyclo(8.3.0.0(4.9))tridecane, 2,3,5,6-tetramethylpyrazine, thyme oil, tomato extract, 2-tridecanone, triethyl citrate, 4-(2,6,6-trimethyl- Examples of suitable flavorings include 2,6,6-trimethyl-1-cyclohexenyl)2-buten-4-one, 2,6,6-trimethyl-2-cyclohexene-1,4-dione, 4-(2,6,6-trimethyl-1,3-cyclohexadienyl)2-buten-4-one, 2,3,5-trimethylpyrazine, γ-undecalactone, γ-valerolactone, vanilla extract, vanillin, veratraldehyde, violet leaf absolute, N-ethyl-p-menthane-3-carboxamide (WS-3), and ethyl-2-(p-menthane-3-carboxamide) acetate (WS-5), with menthol being particularly preferred. These flavorings may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
香料含有材料中の香料の含有量は、香料の種類、多糖類の種類等にもよるが、通常18質量%以上、好ましくは50質量%以上、より好ましくは60質量%以上、また、通常90質量%以下、好ましくは80質量%以下である。 The content of fragrance in the fragrance-containing material will vary depending on the type of fragrance, the type of polysaccharide, etc., but is usually 18% by mass or more, preferably 50% by mass or more, more preferably 60% by mass or more, and is usually 90% by mass or less, preferably 80% by mass or less.
多糖類の種類は、特に限定されないが、カラギーナン、寒天、ゲランガム、タマリンドガム、サイリウムシードガム若しくはコンニャクグルコマンナンの単成分系;又はカラギーナン、ローカストビーンガム、グアーガム、寒天、ゲランガム、タマリンドガム、キサンタンガム、タラガム、コンニャクグルコマンナン、デンプン、カシアガム及びサイリウムシードガムから成る群から選択される2以上の成分を組み合わせた複合系;であることが好ましい。これらの多糖類は、水溶液中において30℃~90℃に加熱するだけでゲル化するため、香料含有材料調製の際に金属塩化物等のゲル化反応剤を必要とせず、塩化物の分解物のような喫煙時に好ましくない成分を主流煙中に発生させない点で好ましい。 The type of polysaccharide is not particularly limited, but is preferably a single-component system of carrageenan, agar, gellan gum, tamarind gum, psyllium seed gum, or konjac glucomannan; or a composite system combining two or more components selected from the group consisting of carrageenan, locust bean gum, guar gum, agar, gellan gum, tamarind gum, xanthan gum, tara gum, konjac glucomannan, starch, cassia gum, and psyllium seed gum. These polysaccharides gel simply by heating them in aqueous solution to 30°C to 90°C, eliminating the need for gelling reagents such as metal chlorides when preparing the flavor-containing material, and are therefore preferred in that they do not generate undesirable components in mainstream smoke during smoking, such as decomposition products of chlorides.
香料含有材料には、その調製の際に原料を乳化するために用いられる乳化剤が含まれていてもよい。乳化剤の種類は、特に限定されず、例えばレシチン、グリセリン脂肪酸エステル、ポリグリセリン脂肪酸エステル、ソルビタン脂肪酸エステル、ポリオキシエチレンソルビタン脂肪酸エステル、プロピレングリコール脂肪酸エステル、ショ糖脂肪酸エステル等が挙げられ、好ましくはレシチンである。なお、これらの乳化剤は1種を単独で使用してもよいし、又は2種以上を併用してもよい。 The fragrance-containing material may contain an emulsifier used to emulsify the raw materials during its preparation. There are no particular limitations on the type of emulsifier, and examples include lecithin, glycerin fatty acid esters, polyglycerin fatty acid esters, sorbitan fatty acid esters, polyoxyethylene sorbitan fatty acid esters, propylene glycol fatty acid esters, and sucrose fatty acid esters, with lecithin being preferred. These emulsifiers may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
香料含有材料の調製方法は、特に限定されず、公知の方法に準じた方法により調製することができる。公知の方法としては、国際公開第2011/118040号、特開2013-099349号公報、国際公開第2012/118034号等に記載の方法が挙げられる。より具体的には、香料含有材料は、例えば下記工程(i)及び(ii)を含む方法により調製することができる。
(i)多糖類と水との混合物を、通常30℃~90℃、好ましくは60℃~90℃に加熱することで、多糖類の水溶液を調製する工程;及び
(ii)前記水溶液に香料、及び必要に応じて乳化剤を加えて混練し、乳化物スラリーを得る工程。
The method for preparing the fragrance-containing material is not particularly limited, and the material can be prepared by a method similar to a known method. Known methods include those described in WO 2011/118040, JP 2013-099349, WO 2012/118034, etc. More specifically, the fragrance-containing material can be prepared, for example, by a method including the following steps (i) and (ii):
(i) a step of preparing an aqueous solution of a polysaccharide by heating a mixture of a polysaccharide and water to a temperature of typically 30°C to 90°C, preferably 60°C to 90°C; and (ii) a step of adding a flavoring agent and, if necessary, an emulsifier to the aqueous solution and kneading the mixture to obtain an emulsion slurry.
香味発生部220中の香料含有材料の含有量は、香料含有材料中の香料含有量にもよるが、乾燥たばこ葉に対して通常1質量%以上、好ましくは5質量%以上、また、通常20質量%以下、好ましくは10質量%以下である。また、香味発生部220は、香料含有材料に含まれる香料の含有量が通常1mg以上、好ましくは5mg以上、より好ましくは10mg以上、また、通常30mg以下、好ましくは20mg以下となるよう香料含有材料を含む。香味発生部220中の香料含有材料の含有量を上記範囲内とすることで、良好な香調を付与することができるだけでなく、喫煙セッションの前期から後期にわたってパフ毎の香料デリバリ量のばらつきを抑制することができ、また、喫煙セッションの前期、中期、及び後期のいずれにおいても十分なデリバリ量を確保することができる。 The content of the flavor-containing material in the flavor generating unit 220 depends on the content of the flavor in the flavor-containing material, but is typically 1% by mass or more, preferably 5% by mass or more, and typically 20% by mass or less, preferably 10% by mass or less, relative to the dried tobacco leaf. Furthermore, the flavor generating unit 220 contains a flavor-containing material such that the content of the flavor contained in the flavor-containing material is typically 1 mg or more, preferably 5 mg or more, more preferably 10 mg or more, and typically 30 mg or less, preferably 20 mg or less. By keeping the content of the flavor-containing material in the flavor generating unit 220 within the above range, not only can a good flavor note be imparted, but variation in the amount of flavor delivered from puff to puff from the early to late stages of a smoking session can be reduced, and a sufficient amount of flavor can be delivered in all three stages of a smoking session.
香味発生部220への香料含有材料の配合の態様は特に限定されず、香味源221を巻装する巻紙222の内側及び/又は外側に香料含有材料を配置してもよく、巻紙222に香料含有材料が含浸されていてもよく、香味源221中に香料含有材料が配合されていてもよい。香味源221を巻装する巻紙222の内側及び/又は外側に香料含有材料を配置する場合、上記乳化物スラリーを巻紙222に塗布するか、上記乳化物スラリーを基材上に順次キャスティング及び乾燥することで香料含有シートに加工して巻紙とともに香味源221を巻装すればよい。香料含有材料で含浸された巻紙222は、巻紙222に上記乳化物スラリーを含浸し、乾燥することで作製することができる。また、香料含有材料を香味源221中に配合する場合は、上記乳化物スラリーを乾燥たばこ葉に塗布又は含浸してもよく、前述の香料含有シート又はその裁刻物若しくは粉砕物を乾燥たばこと混合してもよい。 The manner in which the flavor-containing material is blended into the flavor generating section 220 is not particularly limited, and the flavor-containing material may be placed inside and/or outside the wrapping paper 222 that wraps the flavor source 221, the wrapping paper 222 may be impregnated with the flavor-containing material, or the flavor source 221 may be blended with the flavor-containing material. When the flavor-containing material is placed inside and/or outside the wrapping paper 222 that wraps the flavor source 221, the emulsion slurry may be applied to the wrapping paper 222, or the emulsion slurry may be sequentially cast onto a substrate and dried to form a flavor-containing sheet, which is then wrapped around the flavor source 221 together with the wrapping paper. The wrapping paper 222 impregnated with the flavor-containing material can be produced by impregnating the wrapping paper 222 with the emulsion slurry and drying it. Furthermore, when a flavor-containing material is blended into the flavor source 221, the emulsion slurry may be applied to or impregnated into dried tobacco leaves, or the flavor-containing sheet or its shredded or pulverized form may be mixed with dried tobacco.
香味源221はブロック状であってもよいし、例えば筒状であってもよい。香味源221が筒状である場合、香味源221の内側に、香味源221及び先端プラグ112が隣接する方向に延びる空隙が形成され得る。この場合、香味発生物品110の外側に香味源221が位置し、香味源221の内側に空隙が位置するので、香味吸引器120において香味発生物品110を外側から加熱する場合に、効率よく香味源221を加熱することができる。また、香味発生物品110を外側から加熱する香味吸引器120を使用する場合に、熱が伝わりにくく、蒸気又はエアロゾルの発生に寄与しにくい位置である香味発生物品110の内側に香味源221が配置されないので、蒸気又はエアロゾルの量の低下を抑制しながら、香味源221の量を節約することができる。筒状の香味源221は、例えば、シート状の香味源221を丸めて筒状に形成されてもよい。本実施形態では、後述するように香味発生部220(香味源221)は、ブロック状の第1香味源221aと筒状の第2香味源221bとを有する。 The flavor source 221 may be block-shaped or, for example, cylindrical. If the flavor source 221 is cylindrical, a gap may be formed inside the flavor source 221, extending in the direction in which the flavor source 221 and the tip plug 112 are adjacent. In this case, the flavor source 221 is located outside the flavor-generating article 110, and the gap is located inside the flavor source 221. Therefore, when the flavor-generating article 110 is heated from the outside in the flavor inhaler 120, the flavor source 221 can be heated efficiently. Furthermore, when using a flavor inhaler 120 that heats the flavor-generating article 110 from the outside, the flavor source 221 is not located inside the flavor-generating article 110, which is a position where heat is not easily transmitted and which is unlikely to contribute to the generation of vapor or aerosol. This makes it possible to conserve the amount of flavor source 221 while suppressing a decrease in the amount of vapor or aerosol. The cylindrical flavor source 221 may be formed, for example, by rolling a sheet-shaped flavor source 221 into a cylindrical shape. In this embodiment, as described below, the flavor generating unit 220 (flavor source 221) has a block-shaped first flavor source 221a and a cylindrical second flavor source 221b.
香味発生物品110で使用される巻紙222の構成は、特段制限されず、一般的な態様とすることができる。具体的には例えば、巻紙は、パルプを主成分とすることができる。パルプとしては、針葉樹パルプや広葉樹パルプ等の木材パルプ、亜麻パルプ、大麻パルプ、サイザル麻パルプ、及びエスパルト等、一般的にたばこ製品用の巻紙に使用されるパルプを使用でき、巻紙は、これらのパルプの一以上を抄造して得られる。これらのパルプは、単独の種類で用いてもよく、複数の種類を任意の割合で組み合わせて用いてもよい。パルプの態様としては、クラフト蒸解法、酸性・中性・アルカリ亜硫酸塩蒸解法、及びソーダ塩蒸解法等によって得られる化学パルプ、グランドパルプ、ケミグランドパルプ、及びサーモメカニカルパルプ等を使用できる。 The composition of the cigarette paper 222 used in the flavor-generating product 110 is not particularly limited and can be of any common type. Specifically, for example, the cigarette paper can be primarily made of pulp. Pulp can be wood pulp such as softwood pulp or hardwood pulp, flax pulp, hemp pulp, sisal pulp, esparto, or other pulps commonly used in cigarette paper for tobacco products, and the cigarette paper can be obtained by papermaking using one or more of these pulps. These pulps can be used alone or in combination of multiple types in any ratio. Pulp can be chemical pulp obtained by kraft cooking, acidic, neutral, or alkaline sulfite cooking, soda cooking, etc., ground pulp, chemi-ground pulp, thermomechanical pulp, etc.
上記パルプを用いて長網抄紙機、円網抄紙機、又は円短複合抄紙機等による抄紙工程において、地合いを整え均一化して巻紙が製造され得る。なお、必要に応じて、湿潤紙力増強剤を添加して巻紙に耐水性を付与したり、サイズ剤を添加して巻紙の印刷具合の調整を行ったりすることができる。さらに、巻紙には、抄紙用内添助剤及び製紙用添加剤を添加することができる。抄紙用内添助剤は、例えば、硫酸バンド、各種のアニオン性、カチオン性、ノニオン性、又は両性の歩留まり向上剤、濾水性向上剤、及び紙力増強剤等を含むことができる。製紙用添加剤は、例えば、染料、pH調整剤、消泡剤、ピッチコントロール剤、及びスライムコントロール剤等を含むことができる。 The above pulp can be used in the papermaking process using a Fourdrinier paper machine, a cylinder paper machine, or a combined cylinder/short-cylinder paper machine to produce cigarette paper with a uniform and even texture. If necessary, a wet strength agent can be added to the cigarette paper to make it water-resistant, or a sizing agent can be added to adjust the printing quality of the cigarette paper. Furthermore, internal papermaking aids and papermaking additives can be added to the cigarette paper. Internal papermaking aids can include, for example, aluminum sulfate, various anionic, cationic, nonionic, or amphoteric retention aids, drainage aids, and paper strength agents. Papermaking additives can include, for example, dyes, pH adjusters, antifoaming agents, pitch control agents, slime control agents, and the like.
巻紙の原紙の坪量は、例えば通常30gsm以上であり、好ましくは35gsm以上である。一方、上記坪量は通常70gsm以下、好ましくは50gsm以下、さらに好ましくは45gsm以下である。上記の特性を有する巻紙の厚みは、特に限定されず、剛性、通気性、及び製紙時の調整の容易性の観点から、40μm以上であることが好ましく、また、通常100μm以下であり、好ましくは75μm以下であり、より好ましくは60μm以下である。香味発生物品110の巻紙として、その形状は正方形又は長方形を挙げることができる。香味源221を巻装するため(香味発生部220を製造するため)の巻紙222の場合、巻紙222の一辺の長さが12mm~70mm程度であり得、他辺(上記一辺と接続する辺)の長さが、15mm~28mmであり得、好ましくは22mm~24mmであり得、さらに好ましくは23mm程度であり得る。 The basis weight of the base paper for the cigarette paper is, for example, typically 30 gsm or more, and preferably 35 gsm or more. Meanwhile, the basis weight is typically 70 gsm or less, preferably 50 gsm or less, and more preferably 45 gsm or less. The thickness of cigarette paper having the above characteristics is not particularly limited, but is preferably 40 μm or more from the viewpoints of rigidity, breathability, and ease of adjustment during papermaking, and is typically 100 μm or less, preferably 75 μm or less, and more preferably 60 μm or less. The shape of the cigarette paper for the flavor-generating product 110 may be square or rectangular. In the case of cigarette paper 222 for wrapping flavor source 221 (for producing flavor-generating section 220), the length of one side of cigarette paper 222 may be approximately 12 mm to 70 mm, and the length of the other side (the side connected to the above side) may be 15 mm to 28 mm, preferably 22 mm to 24 mm, and more preferably approximately 23 mm.
香味源221を巻紙222で柱状に巻装する際、例えば幅方向の巻紙222の端部とその逆側の端部を2mm程度重ねて糊付けされ得る。これにより、巻紙222は柱状の紙管の形状となり、その中に香味源221が充填される。長方形形状の巻紙222のサイズは、香味発生部220のサイズによって決めることができる。香味発生部220と香味発生部220に隣接するその他の部材を連結して巻装する巻紙の場合、一辺の長さが20mm~60mmであり得、他辺(上記一辺と接続する辺)の長さが15mm~28mmであり得る。 When wrapping the flavor source 221 in the wrapping paper 222 in a cylindrical shape, for example, the end of the wrapping paper 222 in the width direction and the end on the opposite side can be overlapped by about 2 mm and glued together. This gives the wrapping paper 222 a cylindrical paper tube shape, into which the flavor source 221 is filled. The size of the rectangular wrapping paper 222 can be determined depending on the size of the flavor generating unit 220. In the case of wrapping paper that connects and wraps the flavor generating unit 220 and other components adjacent to the flavor generating unit 220, the length of one side can be 20 mm to 60 mm, and the length of the other side (the side connected to the above side) can be 15 mm to 28 mm.
上記のパルプの他に、巻紙には填料が含まれてもよい。填料の含有量は、巻紙の全重量に対して10重量%以上60重量%未満であり得、15重量%以上45重量%以下であることが好ましい。巻紙の坪量が好ましい範囲(35gsm以上50gsm以下)である場合、填料は15重量%以上45重量%以下であることが好ましい。さらに、巻紙の坪量が35gsm超50gsm以下の場合、填料は25重量%以上45重量%以下であることが好ましい。填料としては、炭酸カルシウム、二酸化チタン、及びカオリン等を使用することができるが、香味や白色度を高める観点等から炭酸カルシウムを使用することが好ましい。 In addition to the above-mentioned pulp, the cigarette paper may contain a filler. The filler content may be from 10% to less than 60% by weight, and preferably from 15% to 45% by weight, based on the total weight of the cigarette paper. When the basis weight of the cigarette paper is within the preferred range (from 35 gsm to 50 gsm), the filler content is preferably from 15% to 45% by weight. Furthermore, when the basis weight of the cigarette paper is more than 35 gsm to 50 gsm, the filler content is preferably from 25% to 45% by weight. Calcium carbonate, titanium dioxide, kaolin, etc. can be used as the filler, but calcium carbonate is preferably used from the perspective of enhancing flavor and whiteness, etc.
巻紙には、原紙や填料以外の種々の助剤を添加してもよい。巻紙には例えば、耐水性を向上させるために、耐水性向上剤を添加することができる。耐水性向上剤には、湿潤紙力増強剤(WS剤)及びサイズ剤が含まれ得る。湿潤紙力増強剤は、例えば、尿素ホルムアルデヒド樹脂、メラミンホルムアルデヒド樹脂、及びポリアミドエピクロルヒドリン(PAE)等を含み得る。また、サイズ剤は例えば、ロジン石けん、アルキルケテンダイマー(AKD)、アルケニル無水コハク酸(ASA)、及びケン化度が90%以上の高ケン化ポリビニルアルコール等を含み得る。巻紙には、助剤として紙力増強剤を添加してもよい。紙力増強剤は、例えば、ポリアクリルアミド、カチオンでんぷん、酸化でんぷん、CMC、ポリアミドエピクロロヒドリン樹脂、ポリビニルアルコール等を含み得る。特に、酸化でんぷんについては、巻紙に助剤として極少量用いることにより、通気度が向上することが知られている(例えば特開2017-218699号公報参照)。 Various auxiliary agents other than base paper and fillers may be added to the cigarette paper. For example, a water resistance improver can be added to the cigarette paper to improve water resistance. Water resistance improvers may include wet strength agents (WS agents) and sizing agents. Wet strength agents may include, for example, urea formaldehyde resin, melamine formaldehyde resin, and polyamide epichlorohydrin (PAE). Sizing agents may also include, for example, rosin soap, alkyl ketene dimer (AKD), alkenyl succinic anhydride (ASA), and highly saponified polyvinyl alcohol with a saponification degree of 90% or more. A paper strength agent may also be added to the cigarette paper as an auxiliary agent. Paper strength agents may include, for example, polyacrylamide, cationic starch, oxidized starch, CMC, polyamide epichlorohydrin resin, and polyvinyl alcohol. In particular, it is known that using extremely small amounts of oxidized starch as an auxiliary agent in wrapping paper can improve breathability (see, for example, JP 2017-218699 A).
巻紙の表面及び裏面の少なくとも一方の面にコーティング剤が添加されてもよい。コーティング剤としては特に制限はないが、紙の表面に膜を形成し、液体の透過性を減少させることができるコーティング剤が好ましい。コーティング剤としては、例えばアルギン酸及びその塩(例えばナトリウム塩)、ペクチンのような多糖類、エチルセルロース、メチルセルロース、カルボキシメチルセルロース、ニトロセルロースのようなセルロース誘導体、デンプンやその誘導体(例えばカルボキシメチルデンプン、ヒドロキシアルキルデンプン及びカチオンデンプンのようなエーテル誘導体、酢酸デンプン、リン酸デンプン及びオクテニルコハク酸デンプンのようなエステル誘導体)を挙げることができる。 A coating agent may be added to at least one of the front and back surfaces of the wrapping paper. There are no particular restrictions on the coating agent, but a coating agent that can form a film on the surface of the paper and reduce liquid permeability is preferred. Examples of coating agents include alginic acid and its salts (e.g., sodium salts), polysaccharides such as pectin, cellulose derivatives such as ethyl cellulose, methyl cellulose, carboxymethyl cellulose, and nitrocellulose, starch and its derivatives (e.g., ether derivatives such as carboxymethyl starch, hydroxyalkyl starch, and cationic starch, and ester derivatives such as starch acetate, starch phosphate, and starch octenyl succinate).
図2及び図3(a)に示すように、先端プラグ112は、香味発生物品110の先端に位置し、香味源221の端部を覆うように構成される。これにより、香味発生物品110から香味源221が落下することを防止できる。具体的には、先端プラグ112は、第1濾材211と、第1濾材211を巻装する第1インナプラグラップ212とを備えている。先端プラグ112は、第1濾材211に担持されたエアロゾル源を更に含んでもよい。 As shown in Figures 2 and 3(a), the tip plug 112 is located at the tip of the flavor-generating article 110 and is configured to cover the end of the flavor source 221. This prevents the flavor source 221 from falling out of the flavor-generating article 110. Specifically, the tip plug 112 includes a first filter material 211 and a first inner plug wrap 212 that wraps around the first filter material 211. The tip plug 112 may further include an aerosol source supported by the first filter material 211.
先端プラグ112の長軸方向の長さは、1mm以上であってもよく、3mm以上であることが好ましく、5mm以上であることがより好ましく、また、10mm以下であってよく、8mm以下であることが好ましい。先端プラグ112は所定長さに製造され、その後任意の長さに切断されて製造され得る。先端プラグ112が1mm未満の長さの場合、切断の際に形状が維持できず、例えば潰れる等の変形が生じる恐れがある。先端プラグ112の長手方向における長さが1mm以上であれば、先端プラグ112の製造を比較的容易に行うことができる。 The length of the tip plug 112 in the longitudinal direction may be 1 mm or more, preferably 3 mm or more, more preferably 5 mm or more, and may be 10 mm or less, preferably 8 mm or less. The tip plug 112 is manufactured to a predetermined length and can then be cut to any desired length. If the tip plug 112 is less than 1 mm long, it may not be able to maintain its shape when cut, and there is a risk of deformation, such as crushing. If the length of the tip plug 112 in the longitudinal direction is 1 mm or more, the tip plug 112 can be manufactured relatively easily.
第1インナプラグラップ212の材料は特段制限されず、公知のものを用いることができる。第1インナプラグラップ212は、炭酸カルシウム等の充填剤等を含んでいてよい。第1インナプラグラップ212の厚さは、特段制限されず、通常20μm以上140μm以下であり、30μm以上130μm以下であることが好ましく、30μm以上120μm以下であることがより好ましい。第1インナプラグラップ212の坪量は、特段制限されず、通常20gsm以上100gsm以下であり、22gsm以上95gsm以下であることが好ましく、23gsm以上90gsm以下であることがより好ましい。また、第1インナプラグラップ212は、コーティングされていても、されていなくともよいが、強度や構造剛性以外の機能を付与できる観点からは、所望の材料でコーティングされることが好ましい。 The material of the first inner plug wrap 212 is not particularly limited, and known materials can be used. The first inner plug wrap 212 may contain fillers such as calcium carbonate. The thickness of the first inner plug wrap 212 is not particularly limited, and is typically 20 μm to 140 μm, preferably 30 μm to 130 μm, and more preferably 30 μm to 120 μm. The basis weight of the first inner plug wrap 212 is not particularly limited, and is typically 20 gsm to 100 gsm, preferably 22 gsm to 95 gsm, and more preferably 23 gsm to 90 gsm. The first inner plug wrap 212 may be coated or uncoated, but is preferably coated with a desired material from the perspective of imparting functions other than strength and structural rigidity.
図2に示すように香味発生物品110は、香味源221の下流側に配置された下流部130を有することが好ましい。この場合、下流部130において、香味源221で生じた蒸気又はエアロゾルを冷却したり、フィルタリングしたりすることができる。具体的には、下流部130は、フィルタプラグ250を含むことが好ましい。これにより、フィルタプラグ250において、香味源で生じた蒸気又はエアロゾルを冷却及びフィルタリングできる。 As shown in FIG. 2, the flavor-generating article 110 preferably has a downstream section 130 arranged downstream of the flavor source 221. In this case, the downstream section 130 can cool and filter the vapor or aerosol generated in the flavor source 221. Specifically, the downstream section 130 preferably includes a filter plug 250. This allows the filter plug 250 to cool and filter the vapor or aerosol generated in the flavor source.
フィルタプラグ250は、香味発生物品110の吸い口側の端部に位置している。フィルタプラグ250は、第2濾材251と、第2濾材251を巻装する第2インナプラグラップ252とを備えている。第2濾材251に用いられるフィルタ濾材は、一般的なフィルタとしての機能を有していれば特に制限されない。フィルタの一般的な機能として、例えば、エアロゾル等を吸引する際に混ざる空気量の調整や、香味の軽減、ニコチンやタールの軽減等が挙げられるが、第2濾材251に用いられるフィルタ濾材がこれらの機能を全て備えていることは要しない。また、紙巻きたばこ製品と比較して、生成される成分が少なく、たばこ充填物の充填率が低くなる傾向のある電気加熱式たばこ製品においては、濾過機能を抑えつつたばこ充填物の落下を防止する、ということも重要な機能の一つである。 The filter plug 250 is located at the end of the flavor-generating article 110 on the mouthpiece side. The filter plug 250 comprises a second filter material 251 and a second inner plug wrap 252 around which the second filter material 251 is wrapped. There are no particular restrictions on the filter material used for the second filter material 251, as long as it has the general filter function. Typical filter functions include, for example, adjusting the amount of air mixed in when inhaling aerosols, reducing flavors, and reducing nicotine and tar, but the filter material used for the second filter material 251 does not need to have all of these functions. Furthermore, in electrically heated tobacco products, which tend to produce fewer components and have a lower tobacco filler filling rate than cigarette products, one important function is to prevent the tobacco filler from falling out while suppressing filtering.
長手方向と直交する断面におけるフィルタプラグ250の形状は実質的に円形である。その円の直径は、製品のサイズに合わせて適宜変更し得るが、通常4.0mm以上9.0mm以下であり、4.5mm以上8.5mm以下であることが好ましく、5.0mm以上8.0mm以下であることがより好ましい。なお、フィルタプラグ250の上記断面が円形でない場合、上記の直径には、その断面の面積と同じ面積を有する円の直径が適用される。 The shape of the filter plug 250 in a cross section perpendicular to the longitudinal direction is substantially circular. The diameter of the circle can be changed as appropriate to suit the size of the product, but is typically 4.0 mm to 9.0 mm, preferably 4.5 mm to 8.5 mm, and more preferably 5.0 mm to 8.0 mm. If the cross section of the filter plug 250 is not circular, the above diameter applies to the diameter of a circle having the same area as the area of the cross section.
長手方向と直交する断面におけるフィルタプラグ250の周の長さは、製品のサイズに合わせて適宜変更し得るが、通常14.0mm以上27.0mm以下であり、15.0mm以上26.0mm以下であることが好ましく、16.0mm以上25.0mm以下であることがより好ましい。 The circumferential length of the filter plug 250 in a cross section perpendicular to the longitudinal direction can be adjusted as needed to suit the size of the product, but is typically between 14.0 mm and 27.0 mm, preferably between 15.0 mm and 26.0 mm, and more preferably between 16.0 mm and 25.0 mm.
長手方向におけるフィルタプラグ250の長さは、製品のサイズに合わせて適宜変更し得るが、通常15mm以上35mm以下であり、17.5mm以上32.5mm以下であることが好ましく、20.0mm以上、30.0mm以下であることがより好ましい。フィルタプラグ250の形状や寸法が上記範囲となるように、第2濾材251に使用されるフィルタ濾材の形状や寸法を適宜調整できる。 The longitudinal length of the filter plug 250 can be adjusted to suit the size of the product, but is typically between 15 mm and 35 mm, preferably between 17.5 mm and 32.5 mm, and more preferably between 20.0 mm and 30.0 mm. The shape and dimensions of the filter material used in the second filter material 251 can be adjusted as needed so that the shape and dimensions of the filter plug 250 fall within the above ranges.
長手方向におけるフィルタプラグ250の長さ120mm当たりの吸引抵抗は、特段制限されないが、通常40mmH2O以上300mmH2O以下であり、70mmH2O以上280mmH2O以下であることが好ましく、90mmH2O以上260mmH2O以下であることがより好ましい。上記の吸引抵抗は、ISO標準法(ISO6565)に従って、例えばセルリアン社製フィルタ吸引抵抗測定器を使用して測定される。フィルタプラグ250の吸引抵抗は、フィルタプラグ250の側面における空気の透過が行なわれない状態で一方の端面(第1端面)から他方の端面(第2端面)に所定の空気流量(17.5cc/sec)の空気を流した際の、第1端面と第2端面との気圧差を指す。単位は、一般的にはmmH2Oで表す。フィルタプラグ250の吸引抵抗とフィルタプラグ250の長さとの関係は、通常実施する長さ範囲(長さ5mm~200mm)においては比例関係であることが知られていて、長さが倍になれば、フィルタプラグ250の吸引抵抗は倍になる。 The resistance to suction per 120 mm of longitudinal length of the filter plug 250 is not particularly limited, but is typically between 40 mmH2O and 300 mmH2O , preferably between 70 mmH2O and 280 mmH2O , and more preferably between 90 mmH2O and 260 mmH2O . The resistance to suction is measured in accordance with ISO standard method (ISO 6565), for example, using a filter resistance to suction measuring device manufactured by Cerulean. The resistance to suction of the filter plug 250 refers to the air pressure difference between the first end face and the second end face when air is flowed at a predetermined air flow rate (17.5 cc/sec) from one end face (first end face) to the other end face (second end face) without air permeation through the side faces of the filter plug 250. It is generally expressed in mmH2O . It is known that the relationship between the suction resistance of the filter plug 250 and the length of the filter plug 250 is proportional within the length range typically used (5 mm to 200 mm), and if the length is doubled, the suction resistance of the filter plug 250 doubles.
フィルタプラグ250の第2濾材251を構成するフィルタ濾材は、例えば、後述する製造方法により製造したものを用いても、市販品を用いてもよい。また、フィルタプラグ250の態様は、特段制限されず、単一のフィルタセグメントを含むプレーンフィルタや、デュアルフィルタ又はトリプルフィルタ等の複数のフィルタセグメントを含むマルチセグメントフィルタ等とすることができる。 The filter material constituting the second filter material 251 of the filter plug 250 may be manufactured using the manufacturing method described below, or may be a commercially available product. The form of the filter plug 250 is not particularly limited, and it can be a plain filter including a single filter segment, or a multi-segment filter including multiple filter segments, such as a dual filter or triple filter.
フィルタプラグ250は、公知の方法で製造することができ、例えば、セルロースアセテートトウの等の合成繊維を第2濾材251の材料として用いる場合、ポリマー及び溶媒を含むポリマー溶液を紡糸し、これを捲縮する方法により製造することができる。該方法としては、例えば、国際公開第2013/067511号に記載の方法を用いることができる。フィルタプラグ250の製造において、吸引抵抗や、第2濾材251へ添加される添加物(公知の吸着剤や香料(例えばメンソール)、粒状の活性炭、香料保持材等)を適宜設計できる。 The filter plug 250 can be manufactured using known methods. For example, when synthetic fibers such as cellulose acetate tow are used as the material for the second filter medium 251, it can be manufactured by spinning a polymer solution containing a polymer and a solvent and then crimping the resultant. For example, the method described in International Publication No. 2013/067511 can be used as this method. In manufacturing the filter plug 250, the suction resistance and additives added to the second filter medium 251 (known adsorbents or fragrances (e.g., menthol), granular activated carbon, fragrance-retaining materials, etc.) can be designed as appropriate.
フィルタプラグ250を構成する第2濾材251の態様は特段制限されず、公知の態様を採用してよい。例えば、第2濾材251として、セルロースアセテートトウを円柱状に加工したものを使用できる。セルロースアセテートトウの単糸繊度、総繊度は特に限定されないが、円周22mmのフィルタプラグ250の場合は、単糸繊度は5g/9000m以上12g/9000m以下、総繊度は12000g/9000m以上35000g/9000m以下であることが好ましい。セルロースアセテートトウの繊維の断面形状は、円形、楕円形、Y字型、I字型、R字型等が挙げられる。セルロースアセテートトウを充填したフィルタの場合は、フィルタ硬さを向上させるためにトリアセチンをセルロースアセテートトウ重量に対して、5重量%以上、10重量%以下添加してもよい。また、該アセテートフィルタの代わりに、シート状のパルプ紙を充填したペーパフィルタを用いてもよい。 The second filter material 251 constituting the filter plug 250 is not particularly limited in form, and known forms may be employed. For example, cellulose acetate tow processed into a cylindrical shape can be used as the second filter material 251. The single-filament fineness and total fineness of the cellulose acetate tow are not particularly limited, but for a filter plug 250 with a circumference of 22 mm, the single-filament fineness is preferably 5 g/9000 m or more and 12 g/9000 m or less, and the total fineness is preferably 12,000 g/9000 m or more and 35,000 g/9000 m or less. Examples of cross-sectional shapes of the cellulose acetate tow fibers include circular, elliptical, Y-shaped, I-shaped, and R-shaped. In the case of a filter filled with cellulose acetate tow, triacetin may be added in an amount of 5 wt. % or more and 10 wt. % or less based on the weight of the cellulose acetate tow to improve filter hardness. Additionally, a paper filter filled with sheet-shaped pulp paper may be used instead of the acetate filter.
第2濾材251の密度は、特段制限されないが、通常0.10g/cm3以上0.25g/cm3以下であり、0.11g/cm3以上0.24g/cm3以下であることが好ましく、0.12g/cm3以上0.23g/cm3以下であることがより好ましい。 The density of the second filter material 251 is not particularly limited, but is typically 0.10 g/cm 3 or more and 0.25 g/cm 3 or less, preferably 0.11 g/cm 3 or more and 0.24 g/cm 3 or less, and more preferably 0.12 g/cm 3 or more and 0.23 g/cm 3 or less.
フィルタプラグ250は、強度及び構造剛性の向上の観点から、後述する第2濾材251を巻装する第2インナプラグラップ252(巻取紙)を備えていてよい。第2インナプラグラップ252の態様は特段制限されず、一列以上の接着剤を含む継ぎ目を含んでいてよい。該接着剤は、特段限定されないが、酢酸ビニル系接着剤、ホットメルト接着剤を含んでいてよく、さらに該ホットメルト接着剤は、ポリビニルアルコールを含み得る。また、フィルタセグメントが二以上のセグメントからなる場合、第2インナプラグラップ252は、これらの二以上のセグメントを併せて巻装することが好ましい。 In order to improve strength and structural rigidity, the filter plug 250 may include a second inner plug wrap 252 (wrap paper) around which the second filter medium 251 described below is wrapped. The form of the second inner plug wrap 252 is not particularly limited, and it may include one or more rows of seams containing adhesive. The adhesive is not particularly limited, but may include a vinyl acetate adhesive or a hot melt adhesive, and the hot melt adhesive may further include polyvinyl alcohol. Furthermore, when the filter segment consists of two or more segments, it is preferable that the second inner plug wrap 252 wraps these two or more segments together.
第2インナプラグラップ252の材料は特段制限されず、公知のものを用いることができ、また、炭酸カルシウム等の充填剤等を含んでいてよい。第2インナプラグラップ252の厚さは、特段制限されず、通常20μm以上140μm以下であり、30μm以上130μm以下であることが好ましく、30μm以上120μm以下であることがより好ましい。第2インナプラグラップ252の坪量は、特段制限されず、通常20gsm以上100gsm以下であり、22gsm以上95gsm以下であることが好ましく、23gsm以上90gsm以下であることがより好ましい。また、第2インナプラグラップ252は、コーティングされていても、されていなくともよいが、強度や構造剛性以外の機能を付与できる観点からは、所望の材料でコーティングされることが好ましい。 The material of the second inner plug wrap 252 is not particularly limited, and known materials can be used, and may contain fillers such as calcium carbonate. The thickness of the second inner plug wrap 252 is not particularly limited, and is typically 20 μm to 140 μm, preferably 30 μm to 130 μm, and more preferably 30 μm to 120 μm. The basis weight of the second inner plug wrap 252 is not particularly limited, and is typically 20 gsm to 100 gsm, preferably 22 gsm to 95 gsm, and more preferably 23 gsm to 90 gsm. The second inner plug wrap 252 may be coated or uncoated, but is preferably coated with a desired material from the perspective of imparting functions other than strength and structural rigidity.
図2及び図3(a)に示すように、中空フィルタ部240とフィルタプラグ250とは、例えばアウタプラグラップ260(外側巻取紙)で接続されていてもよい。アウタプラグラップ260は、例えば円筒状の紙であり得る。 As shown in Figures 2 and 3(a), the hollow filter portion 240 and the filter plug 250 may be connected by, for example, an outer plug wrap 260 (outer wrapping paper). The outer plug wrap 260 may be, for example, a cylindrical piece of paper.
第2濾材251は、ゼラチン等の破砕可能な外殻を含む破砕可能な添加剤放出容器(例えば、カプセル)を含んでもよい。カプセル(当該技術分野では「添加剤放出容器」とも呼ばれる)の態様は特段制限されず、公知の態様を採用してよい。例えば、ゼラチン等の破砕可能な外殻を含む破砕可能な添加剤放出容器が採用され得る。この場合、カプセルは、たばこ製品の使用者により使用前、使用中、または使用後に破壊されると、カプセル内に含まれる液体又は物質(通常、香味剤)を放出し、次に、該液体又は物質は、たばこ製品を使用する間はたばこの煙に伝達され、使用後においては周囲の環境へと伝達される。 The second filter medium 251 may include a crushable additive release container (e.g., a capsule) that includes a crushable outer shell made of gelatin or the like. The form of the capsule (also referred to in the art as an "additive release container") is not particularly limited, and any known form may be adopted. For example, a crushable additive release container that includes a crushable outer shell made of gelatin or the like may be adopted. In this case, when the capsule is broken by a user of the tobacco product before, during, or after use, it releases a liquid or substance (typically a flavoring agent) contained within the capsule, which is then transmitted to tobacco smoke while the tobacco product is being used, and to the surrounding environment after use.
カプセルの形態は、特段限定されず、例えば、易破壊性のカプセルであってよく、その形状は球であることが好ましい。カプセルに含まれる添加剤としては、上述した任意の添加剤を含んでいてもよいが、特に、香味剤や活性炭素を含むことが好ましい。また、添加剤として、煙を濾過する一助となる1種類以上の材料を加えてもよい。添加剤の形態は、特段限定されないが、通常、液体又は個体である。なお、添加剤を含むカプセルの使用は、当技術分野において周知である。易破壊性のカプセルおよびその製造方法は、本技術分野において周知である。香味剤としては、例えば、メンソール、スペアミント、ペパーミント、フェヌグリーク、またはクローブ、中鎖脂肪酸トリグリセリド(MCT)等であってよい。香味剤は、メンソールである、またはメンソール等、又はこれらの組合せを用いることができる。 The capsule form is not particularly limited, and may be, for example, a frangible capsule, preferably spherical in shape. The additive contained in the capsule may include any of the additives described above, and preferably includes flavorings and activated carbon. One or more materials that help filter smoke may also be added as additives. The form of the additive is not particularly limited, but is typically liquid or solid. The use of capsules containing additives is well known in the art. Frangible capsules and methods for manufacturing them are well known in the art. The flavoring may be, for example, menthol, spearmint, peppermint, fenugreek, clove, medium-chain triglycerides (MCT), etc. The flavoring may be menthol, or menthol, etc., or a combination thereof.
本実施形態において、第2濾材251には香料が添加されてもよい。第2濾材251に香料が添加されていることで、たばこロッドを構成するたばこ充填物に香料を添加する従来技術に比べ、使用時の香料のデリバリ量が増大する。香料のデリバリ量の増加の程度は、後述する中空管部132に設けられている開孔の位置に応じてさらに増大する。第2濾材251に対する香料の添加方法については特に制限されず、香料の添加対象の第2濾材251において略均一に分散されるように添加すればよい。第2濾材251における香料の添加量としては、第2濾材251の10~100体積%の部分に添加する態様を挙げることができる。その添加方法としては、フィルタセグメントの構成前に予め第2濾材251に添加してもよく、フィルタ付シガレットの構成後に添加してもよい。 In this embodiment, a flavoring may be added to the second filter material 251. By adding a flavoring to the second filter material 251, the amount of flavor delivered during use is increased compared to conventional techniques in which flavoring is added to the tobacco filler that constitutes the tobacco rod. The degree of increase in the amount of flavor delivered is further increased depending on the position of the openings provided in the hollow tube portion 132, which will be described later. There are no particular restrictions on the method of adding flavoring to the second filter material 251; it is sufficient that the flavoring is added so that it is dispersed approximately uniformly throughout the second filter material 251 to which the flavoring is to be added. The amount of flavoring added to the second filter material 251 can be 10 to 100 volume percent of the second filter material 251. The flavoring may be added to the second filter material 251 in advance before the filter segments are constructed, or after the filter cigarette is constructed.
当該香料の種類は、特に限定されず、良好な香味の付与の観点から、香料の例として、アセトアニソール、アセトフェノン、アセチルピラジン、2-アセチルチアゾール、アルファルファエキストラクト、アミルアルコール、酪酸アミル、トランス-アネトール、スターアニス油、リンゴ果汁、ペルーバルサム油、ミツロウアブソリュート、ベンズアルデヒド、ベンゾインレジノイド、ベンジルアルコール、安息香酸ベンジル、フェニル酢酸ベンジル、プロピオン酸ベンジル、2,3-ブタンジオン、2-ブタノール、酪酸ブチル、酪酸、カラメル、カルダモン油、キャロブアブソリュート、β-カロテン、ニンジンジュース、L-カルボン、β-カリオフィレン、カシア樹皮油、シダーウッド油、セロリーシード油、カモミル油、シンナムアルデヒド、ケイ皮酸、シンナミルアルコール、ケイ皮酸シンナミル、シトロネラ油、DL-シトロネロール、クラリセージエキストラクト、ココア、コーヒー、コニャック油、コリアンダー油、クミンアルデヒド、ダバナ油、δ-デカラクトン、γ-デカラクトン、デカン酸、ディルハーブ油、3,4-ジメチル-1,2-シクロペンタンジオン、4,5-ジメチル-3-ヒドロキシ-2,5-ジヒドロフラン-2-オン、3,7-ジメチル-6-オクテン酸、2,3-ジメチルピラジン、2,5-ジメチルピラジン、2,6-ジメチルピラジン、2-メチル酪酸エチル、酢酸エチル、酪酸エチル、ヘキサン酸エチル、イソ吉草酸エチル、乳酸エチル、ラウリン酸エチル、レブリン酸エチル、エチルマルトール、オクタン酸エチル、オレイン酸エチル、パルミチン酸エチル、フェニル酢酸エチル、プロピオン酸エチル、ステアリン酸エチル、吉草酸エチル、エチルバニリン、エチルバニリングルコシド、2-エチル-3,(5または6)-ジメチルピラジン、5-エチル-3-ヒドロキシ-4-メチル-2(5H)-フラノン、2-エチル-3-メチルピラジン、ユーカリプトール、フェネグリークアブソリュート、ジェネアブソリュート、リンドウ根インフュージョン、ゲラニオール、酢酸ゲラニル、ブドウ果汁、グアヤコール、グァバエキストラクト、γ-ヘプタラクトン、γ-ヘキサラクトン、ヘキサン酸、シス-3-ヘキセン-1-オール、酢酸ヘキシル、ヘキシルアルコール、フェニル酢酸ヘキシル、ハチミツ、4-ヒドロキシ-3-ペンテン酸ラクトン、4-ヒドロキシ-4-(3-ヒドロキシ-1-ブテニル)-3,5,5-トリメチル-2-シクロヘキセン-1-オン、4-(パラ-ヒドロキシフェニル)-2-ブタノン、4-ヒドロキシウンデカン酸ナトリウム、インモルテルアブソリュート、β-イオノン、酢酸イソアミル、酪酸イソアミル、フェニル酢酸イソアミル、酢酸イソブチル、フェニル酢酸イソブチル、ジャスミンアブソリュート、コーラナッツティンクチャー、ラブダナム油、レモンテルペンレス油、カンゾウエキストラクト、リナロール、酢酸リナリル、ロベージ根油、マルトール、メープルシロップ、メンソール、メントン、酢酸L-メンチル、パラメトキシベンズアルデヒド、メチル-2-ピロリルケトン、アントラニル酸メチル、フェニル酢酸メチル、サリチル酸メチル、4’-メチルアセトフェノン、メチルシクロペンテノロン、3-メチル吉草酸、ミモザアブソリュート、トウミツ、ミリスチン酸、ネロール、ネロリドール、γ-ノナラクトン、ナツメグ油、δ-オクタラクトン、オクタナール、オクタン酸、オレンジフラワー油、オレンジ油、オリス根油、パルミチン酸、ω-ペンタデカラクトン、ペパーミント油、プチグレインパラグアイ油、フェネチルアルコール、フェニル酢酸フェネチル、フェニル酢酸、ピペロナール、プラムエキストラクト、プロペニルグアエトール、酢酸プロピル、3-プロピリデンフタリド、プルーン果汁、ピルビン酸、レーズンエキストラクト、ローズ油、ラム酒、セージ油、サンダルウッド油、スペアミント油、スチラックスアブソリュート、マリーゴールド油、ティーディスティレート、α-テルピネオール、酢酸テルピニル、5,6,7,8-テトラヒドロキノキサリン、1,5,5,9-テトラメチル-13-オキサシクロ(8.3.0.0(4.9))トリデカン、2,3,5,6-テトラメチルピラジン、タイム油、トマトエキストラクト、2-トリデカノン、クエン酸トリエチル、4-(2,6,6-トリメチル-1-シクロヘキセニル)2-ブテン-4-オン、2,6,6-トリメチル-2-シクロヘキセン-1,4-ジオン、4-(2,6,6-トリメチル-1,3-シクロヘキサジエニル)2-ブテン-4-オン、2,3,5-トリメチルピラジン、γ-ウンデカラクトン、γ-バレロラクトン、バニラエキストラクト、バニリン、ベラトルアルデヒド、バイオレットリーフアブソリュート、N-エチル-p-メンタン-3-カルボアミド(WS-3)、エチル-2-(p-メンタン-3-カルボキサミド)アセテート(WS-5)が挙げられ、特にメンソールが好ましい。また、これらの香料は1種を単独で、又は2種以上を併用してもよい。 The type of fragrance is not particularly limited, and examples of fragrances that can be used to impart a pleasant flavor include acetanisole, acetophenone, acetylpyrazine, 2-acetylthiazole, alfalfa extract, amyl alcohol, amyl butyrate, trans-anethole, star anise oil, apple juice, Peru balsam oil, beeswax absolute, benzaldehyde, benzoin resinoid, benzyl alcohol, benzyl benzoate, benzyl phenylacetate, benzyl propionate, 2,3-butanedione, 2-butanol, butyl butyrate, butyric acid, caramel, cardamom oil, and carob oil. Absolute, β-carotene, carrot juice, L-carvone, β-caryophyllene, cassia bark oil, cedarwood oil, celery seed oil, chamomile oil, cinnamaldehyde, cinnamic acid, cinnamyl alcohol, cinnamyl cinnamate, citronella oil, DL-citronellol, clary sage extract, cocoa, coffee, cognac oil, coriander oil, cuminaldehyde, davana oil, δ-decalactone, γ-decalactone, decanoic acid, dill herb oil, 3,4-dimethyl-1,2-cyclopentanedione, 4,5-dimethyl-3-hydroxy-2,5-dihydrofuran 2-one, 3,7-dimethyl-6-octenoic acid, 2,3-dimethylpyrazine, 2,5-dimethylpyrazine, 2,6-dimethylpyrazine, ethyl 2-methylbutyrate, ethyl acetate, ethyl butyrate, ethyl hexanoate, ethyl isovalerate, ethyl lactate, ethyl laurate, ethyl levulinate, ethyl maltol, ethyl octanoate, ethyl oleate, ethyl palmitate, ethyl phenylacetate, ethyl propionate, ethyl stearate, ethyl valerate, ethyl vanillin, ethyl vanillin glucoside, 2-ethyl-3,(5 or 6)-dimethylpyrazine, 5-ethyl-3-hydroxy- 4-Methyl-2(5H)-furanone, 2-ethyl-3-methylpyrazine, eucalyptol, fenugreek absolute, gene absolute, gentian root infusion, geraniol, geranyl acetate, grape juice, guaiacol, guava extract, gamma-heptalactone, gamma-hexalactone, hexanoic acid, cis-3-hexen-1-ol, hexyl acetate, hexyl alcohol, phenylhexyl acetate, honey, 4-hydroxy-3-pentenoic acid lactone, 4-hydroxy-4-(3-hydroxy-1-butenyl)-3,5,5-trimethyl-2-cyclohexene Xen-1-one, 4-(para-hydroxyphenyl)-2-butanone, sodium 4-hydroxyundecanoate, inmortell absolute, beta-ionone, isoamyl acetate, isoamyl butyrate, isoamyl phenylacetate, isobutyl acetate, isobutyl phenylacetate, jasmine absolute, cola nut tincture, labdanum oil, lemon terpeneless oil, licorice extract, linalool, linalyl acetate, lovage root oil, maltol, maple syrup, menthol, menthone, L-menthyl acetate, paramethoxybenzaldehyde, methyl-2-pyrrolyl keto , methyl anthranilate, methyl phenylacetate, methyl salicylate, 4'-methylacetophenone, methylcyclopentenolone, 3-methylvaleric acid, mimosa absolute, honey, myristic acid, nerol, nerolidol, γ-nonalactone, nutmeg oil, δ-octalactone, octanal, octanoic acid, orange flower oil, orange oil, orris root oil, palmitic acid, ω-pentadecalactone, peppermint oil, petitgrain Paraguay oil, phenethyl alcohol, phenethyl phenylacetate, phenylacetic acid, piperonal, plum extract, propenylguaiete ethanol, propyl acetate, 3-propylidenephthalide, prune juice, pyruvic acid, raisin extract, rose oil, rum, sage oil, sandalwood oil, spearmint oil, styrax absolute, marigold oil, tea distillate, α-terpineol, terpinyl acetate, 5,6,7,8-tetrahydroquinoxaline, 1,5,5,9-tetramethyl-13-oxacyclo(8.3.0.0(4.9))tridecane, 2,3,5,6-tetramethylpyrazine, thyme oil, tomato extract, 2-tridecanone, triethyl citrate, 4-(2,6,6- Examples of suitable fragrances include 4-(2,6,6-trimethyl-1-cyclohexenyl)2-buten-4-one, 2,6,6-trimethyl-2-cyclohexene-1,4-dione, 4-(2,6,6-trimethyl-1,3-cyclohexadienyl)2-buten-4-one, 2,3,5-trimethylpyrazine, γ-undecalactone, γ-valerolactone, vanilla extract, vanillin, veratraldehyde, violet leaf absolute, N-ethyl-p-menthane-3-carboxamide (WS-3), and ethyl-2-(p-menthane-3-carboxamide) acetate (WS-5), with menthol being particularly preferred. These fragrances may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
本実施形態のフィルタプラグ250は、第2濾材251を含み、第2濾材251の少なくとも一部には、活性炭が添加されてもよい。その添加量は、1つの香味発生物品110において、活性炭の比表面積×活性炭の重量/第2濾材251の通気方向に対して垂直方向の断面積の値として15.0m2/cm2以上80.0m2/cm2以下であり得る。上記の「活性炭の比表面積×活性炭の重量/第2濾材251の通気方向に対して垂直方向の断面積」を、便宜上、「単位断面積当たりの活性炭の表面積」と表現することがある。この単位断面積当たりの活性炭の表面積は、1つの香味発生物品110が有する第2濾材251に添加する活性炭の比表面積と、添加した活性炭の重量、第2濾材251の断面積、に基づき算出できる。なお、活性炭はそれが添加されるフィルタ濾材中には均一に分散されていないこともあり、フィルタ濾材の全ての断面(通気方向に対して垂直方向の断面)において、上記の範囲を満たすことを要求するものではない。 The filter plug 250 of this embodiment includes a second filter medium 251, and activated carbon may be added to at least a portion of the second filter medium 251. The amount of activated carbon added may be 15.0 m 2 /cm 2 or more and 80.0 m 2 /cm 2 or less, as calculated by multiplying the specific surface area of the activated carbon by the weight of the activated carbon and the cross-sectional area of the second filter medium 251 perpendicular to the airflow direction, per flavor-generating article 110. For convenience, the above-mentioned "specific surface area of the activated carbon by the weight of the activated carbon and the cross-sectional area of the second filter medium 251 perpendicular to the airflow direction" may be referred to as the "surface area of the activated carbon per unit cross-sectional area." This surface area of the activated carbon per unit cross-sectional area can be calculated based on the specific surface area of the activated carbon added to the second filter medium 251 of one flavor-generating article 110, the weight of the added activated carbon, and the cross-sectional area of the second filter medium 251. Note that activated carbon may not be uniformly dispersed in the filter medium to which it is added, and it is not required that the above range be satisfied in all cross sections (cross sections perpendicular to the air flow direction) of the filter medium.
本実施形態において、単位断面積当たりの活性炭の表面積が上記の範囲内であることで、加熱により生成する成分を所望の量で使用者にデリバリできるとともに、使用者に対して所望の香味感を与えることができる。単位断面積当たりの活性炭の表面積が上記範囲の下限より小さいと、活性炭を添加することによる効果を十分に得ることができない。一方で、単位断面積当たりの活性炭の表面積が上記範囲の上限より大きいと、加熱により生成する成分が必要以上に低減してしまう。単位断面積当たりの活性炭の表面積は、17.0m2/cm2以上であることがより好ましく、35.0m2/cm2以上であることがさらに好ましい。一方、77.0m2/cm2以下であることがより好ましく、73.0m2/cm2以下であることがさらに好ましい。 In this embodiment, by having the surface area of activated carbon per unit cross-sectional area within the above range, the components generated by heating can be delivered to the user in the desired amount and the user can be given the desired flavor sensation. If the surface area of activated carbon per unit cross-sectional area is smaller than the lower limit of the above range, the effect of adding activated carbon cannot be fully obtained. On the other hand, if the surface area of activated carbon per unit cross-sectional area is larger than the upper limit of the above range, the components generated by heating will be reduced more than necessary. The surface area of activated carbon per unit cross-sectional area is more preferably 17.0 m 2 /cm 2 or more, and even more preferably 35.0 m 2 /cm 2 or more. On the other hand, it is more preferably 77.0 m 2 /cm 2 or less, and even more preferably 73.0 m 2 /cm 2 or less.
単位断面積当たりの活性炭の表面積は、例えば、活性炭の比表面積とその添加量、第2濾材251の通気方向に垂直な方向の断面積を調整することで調整できる。上記の単位断面積当たりの活性炭の表面積の算出は、活性炭が添加されているフィルタ濾材を基準として算出される。フィルタプラグ250が複数のフィルタ濾材から構成されている場合、活性炭が添加されているフィルタ濾材のみの断面積、長さを基準とする。 The surface area of activated carbon per unit cross-sectional area can be adjusted, for example, by adjusting the specific surface area of the activated carbon, the amount of activated carbon added, and the cross-sectional area of the second filter medium 251 in a direction perpendicular to the airflow direction. The calculation of the surface area of activated carbon per unit cross-sectional area is based on the filter medium to which activated carbon has been added. If the filter plug 250 is made up of multiple filter mediums, the cross-sectional area and length of only the filter medium to which activated carbon has been added are used as the basis.
本実施形態で用いることができる活性炭としては、例えば、木、竹、椰子殻、胡桃殻、石炭などを原材料とするものを挙げることができる。また、本実施形態で用いることができる活性炭としては、BET比表面積が、1100m2/g以上1600m2/g以下であるものを用いることができ、好ましくは1200m2/g以上1500m2/g以下であるものを用いることができ、さらに好ましくは、1250m2/g以上1380m2/g以下であるものを用いることができる。BET比表面積は、窒素ガス吸着法(BET多点法)によって求めることができる。 Examples of activated carbon that can be used in this embodiment include those made from raw materials such as wood, bamboo, coconut shells, walnut shells, and coal. The activated carbon that can be used in this embodiment has a BET specific surface area of 1100 m 2 /g or more and 1600 m 2 /g or less, preferably 1200 m 2 /g or more and 1500 m 2 /g or less, and more preferably 1250 m 2 /g or more and 1380 m 2 /g or less. The BET specific surface area can be determined by nitrogen gas adsorption (BET multipoint method).
また、本実施形態で用いることができる活性炭としては、その細孔容積が400μL/g以上800μL/g以下であるものを用いることができ、より好ましくは500μL/g以上750μL/g以下であるものを用いることができ、さらに好ましくは600μL/g以上700μL/g以下であるものを用いることができる。細孔容積は、窒素ガス吸着法を用いて得た最大吸着量から算出することができる。 Furthermore, the activated carbon that can be used in this embodiment can have a pore volume of 400 μL/g or more and 800 μL/g or less, more preferably 500 μL/g or more and 750 μL/g or less, and even more preferably 600 μL/g or more and 700 μL/g or less. The pore volume can be calculated from the maximum adsorption amount obtained using the nitrogen gas adsorption method.
本実施形態では、活性炭が添加された第2濾材251の通気方向の単位長さ当たりの活性炭の添加量が、5mg/cm以上50mg/cm以下であることが好ましく、8mg/cm以上40mg/cm以下であることがより好ましく、10mg/cm以上35mg/cm以下であることがさらに好ましい。本実施形態において、活性炭の比表面積、活性炭の添加量が上記の範囲であることで、単位断面積当たりの活性炭の表面積を所望のものに調整することができる。 In this embodiment, the amount of activated carbon added per unit length in the airflow direction of the second filter medium 251 to which activated carbon has been added is preferably 5 mg/cm or more and 50 mg/cm or less, more preferably 8 mg/cm or more and 40 mg/cm or less, and even more preferably 10 mg/cm or more and 35 mg/cm or less. In this embodiment, by keeping the specific surface area of the activated carbon and the amount of activated carbon added within the above ranges, the surface area of the activated carbon per unit cross-sectional area can be adjusted as desired.
また、本実施形態で用いることができる活性炭としては、活性炭粒子の累積10体積%粒子径(粒子径D10)が250μm以上1200μm以下であることが好ましい。また、活性炭粒子の累積50体積%粒子径(粒子径D50)は350μm以上1500μm以下であることが好ましい。なお、D10及びD50は、レーザー回折散乱法によって測定される。この測定に適した装置として、堀場製作所のレーザー回折・散乱式粒子径分布測定装置「LA-950」が挙げられる。この装置のセル内に、粉末が純水と共に流し込まれ、粒子の光散乱情報に基づいて、粒子径が検出される。該装置による測定条件は以下のとおりである。
測定モード:マニュアルフローモー式セル測定
分散媒:イオン交換水
分散方法:超音波1分照射後に測定
屈折率:1.92-0.00i(試料屈折)/1.33-0.00i(分散媒屈折率)
測定回数:試料を変えて2回測定
Furthermore, the activated carbon that can be used in this embodiment preferably has a cumulative 10% by volume particle diameter (particle diameter D10) of 250 μm or more and 1200 μm or less. Furthermore, the cumulative 50% by volume particle diameter (particle diameter D50) of the activated carbon particles is preferably 350 μm or more and 1500 μm or less. D10 and D50 are measured by a laser diffraction scattering method. An example of a suitable device for this measurement is the HORIBA Laser Diffraction/Scattering Particle Size Distribution Analyzer "LA-950." Powder is poured into the cell of this device together with pure water, and the particle diameter is detected based on the light scattering information of the particles. The measurement conditions using this device are as follows:
Measurement mode: Manual flow cell measurement Dispersion medium: Ion-exchanged water Dispersion method: Measured after 1 minute of ultrasonic irradiation Refractive index: 1.92-0.00i (sample refractive index) / 1.33-0.00i (dispersion medium refractive index)
Number of measurements: Measure twice using different samples
本実施形態において、第2濾材251に活性炭を添加する方法については特に制限されず、活性炭の添加対象の第2濾材251において略均一に分散されるように添加すればよい。 In this embodiment, there are no particular limitations on the method for adding activated carbon to the second filter medium 251; it is sufficient that the activated carbon is added so that it is dispersed approximately uniformly throughout the second filter medium 251 to which it is added.
なお、フィルタプラグ250は、例えば、市販品を用いてもよい。また、フィルタプラグ250の態様は、特段制限されず、単一のフィルタセグメントを含むフィルタや、デュアルフィルタ又はトリプルフィルタ等の複数のフィルタセグメントを含むマルチセグメントフィルタ等とすることができる。フィルタプラグ250が単一のフィルタセグメントからなる場合、活性炭が添加される第2濾材251がそのままフィルタプラグ250となる。一方で、複数のフィルタセグメントから構成される場合は、活性炭が添加されたフィルタ濾材からなる第2濾材251は、吸い口端を構成するフィルタ濾材よりも上流側に配置されることが好ましい。一方、吸い口端を構成するフィルタ濾材に活性炭が添加されていてもよい。なお、フィルタセグメントがマルチセグメントフィルタである場合、活性炭の添加量の基準となるフィルタセグメントの長さは、活性炭が添加されたフィルタ濾材の長さである。活性炭の添加量は、フィルタセグメント全体に対する重量としては、例えば4.0mg以上24.0mg以下であり、4.5mg以上23.0mg以下であることが好ましく、10.5mg以上22.0mg以下であることがさらに好ましい。 The filter plug 250 may be, for example, a commercially available product. The form of the filter plug 250 is not particularly limited, and it can be a filter including a single filter segment, or a multi-segment filter including multiple filter segments, such as a dual filter or triple filter. When the filter plug 250 is composed of a single filter segment, the second filter medium 251 to which activated carbon is added constitutes the filter plug 250. When the filter plug 250 is composed of multiple filter segments, the second filter medium 251 to which activated carbon is added is preferably positioned upstream of the filter medium that constitutes the mouth end. Alternatively, activated carbon may be added to the filter medium that constitutes the mouth end. When the filter segment is a multi-segment filter, the length of the filter segment that serves as the basis for the amount of activated carbon to be added is the length of the filter medium to which activated carbon is added. The amount of activated carbon added is, for example, 4.0 mg to 24.0 mg, preferably 4.5 mg to 23.0 mg, and more preferably 10.5 mg to 22.0 mg, in weight relative to the entire filter segment.
下流部130は、さらに、中空管部132と、中空フィルタ部240とを有してもよい。中空フィルタ部240は、中空管部132の下流に隣接して配置されている。中空フィルタ部240は、第3濾材241と、第3濾材241を巻装する第3インナプラグラップ242とを備えている。第3インナプラグラップ242は、シガレットで使用されるプラグラップと同じものを使用することができる。第3インナプラグラップ242は省略してもよい。また、中空フィルタ部240は、省略してもよい。 The downstream section 130 may further include a hollow tube section 132 and a hollow filter section 240. The hollow filter section 240 is arranged adjacent to and downstream of the hollow tube section 132. The hollow filter section 240 includes a third filter material 241 and a third inner plug wrap 242 around which the third filter material 241 is wrapped. The third inner plug wrap 242 may be the same as the plug wrap used in cigarettes. The third inner plug wrap 242 may be omitted. The hollow filter section 240 may also be omitted.
中空フィルタ部240は、1つまたは複数の中空部を有する第3濾材241と、第3濾材241を覆う第3インナプラグラップ242と、を備えていてもよい。中空フィルタ部240は、下流部130の強度を高める機能を有する。第3濾材241は、例えば酢酸セルロース繊維が高密度で充填されトリアセチンを含む可塑剤が酢酸セルロース質量に対して、6質量%以上20質量%以下添加されて硬化された内径φ1.0mm以上φ5.0mm以下のロッドとすることができる。第3濾材241は繊維の充填密度が高いため、吸引時は、空気やエアロゾルは中空部のみを流れることになり、第3濾材241内はほとんど流れない。中空フィルタ部240内部の第3濾材241が繊維充填層であることから、使用時の外側からの触り心地は、使用者に違和感を生じさせることが少ない。 The hollow filter section 240 may include a third filter material 241 having one or more hollow portions, and a third inner plug wrap 242 covering the third filter material 241. The hollow filter section 240 functions to increase the strength of the downstream section 130. The third filter material 241 may be, for example, a rod with an inner diameter of 1.0 mm to 5.0 mm, densely packed with cellulose acetate fibers and hardened with a triacetin-containing plasticizer added at a rate of 6% to 20% by mass relative to the mass of the cellulose acetate. Because the third filter material 241 has a high fiber packing density, during inhalation, air and aerosols flow only through the hollow portions, with almost no flow within the third filter material 241. Because the third filter material 241 inside the hollow filter section 240 is a fiber-packed layer, the feel from the outside during use is less likely to cause discomfort to the user.
中空フィルタ部240は、強度及び構造剛性の向上の観点から、第3濾材241を巻装する第3インナプラグラップ242(巻取紙)を備えていてよい。第3インナプラグラップ242の態様は特段制限されず、一列以上の接着剤を含む継ぎ目を含んでいてよい。該接着剤の種類は特段限定されないが、酢酸ビニル系接着剤、ホットメルト接着剤を含んでいてよい。ホットメルト接着剤は、ポリビニルアルコールを含み得る。また、中空フィルタ部240が2以上のセグメントからなる場合、第3インナプラグラップ242は、これらの二以上のセグメントを併せて巻装することが好ましい。 The hollow filter section 240 may be provided with a third inner plug wrap 242 (wrap paper) around which the third filter material 241 is wrapped, in order to improve strength and structural rigidity. The form of the third inner plug wrap 242 is not particularly limited, and it may include one or more rows of seams containing adhesive. The type of adhesive is not particularly limited, but may include vinyl acetate adhesives and hot melt adhesives. The hot melt adhesive may include polyvinyl alcohol. Furthermore, when the hollow filter section 240 consists of two or more segments, it is preferable that the third inner plug wrap 242 be wrapped around these two or more segments together.
第3インナプラグラップ242の材料は特段制限されず、公知のものを用いることができ、また、炭酸カルシウム等の充填剤等を含んでいてよい。第3インナプラグラップ242の厚さは、特段制限されず、通常20μm以上140μm以下であり、30μm以上130μm以下であることが好ましく、30μm以上120μm以下であることがより好ましい。第3インナプラグラップ242の坪量は、特段制限されず、通常20gsm以上100gsm以下であり、22gsm以上95gsm以下であることが好ましく、23gsm以上90gsm以下であることがより好ましい。また、第3インナプラグラップ242は、コーティングされていても、されていなくともよいが、強度や構造剛性以外の機能を付与できる観点からは、所望の材料でコーティングされることが好ましい。 The material of the third inner plug wrap 242 is not particularly limited, and known materials can be used, and may contain fillers such as calcium carbonate. The thickness of the third inner plug wrap 242 is not particularly limited, and is typically 20 μm to 140 μm, preferably 30 μm to 130 μm, and more preferably 30 μm to 120 μm. The basis weight of the third inner plug wrap 242 is not particularly limited, and is typically 20 gsm to 100 gsm, preferably 22 gsm to 95 gsm, and more preferably 23 gsm to 90 gsm. The third inner plug wrap 242 may be coated or uncoated, but is preferably coated with a desired material from the perspective of imparting functions other than strength and structural rigidity.
中空管部132は、香味発生部220と中空フィルタ部240又はフィルタプラグ250(中空フィルタ部240がない場合)とに隣接して挟持され、通常、円筒等の周方向の断面が中空(空洞)となるキャビティが設けられた棒状の部材である。中空管部132の長軸方向の長さは、製品のサイズに合わせて適宜変更し得るが、通常15mm以上であり、20mm以上であることが好ましく、また、通常40mm以下であり、35mm以下であることが好ましく、30mm以下であることがより好ましい。中空管部132の長軸方向の長さを上記下限以上とすることで、十分な冷却効果を確保して良好な香味を得ることができ、上記上限以下とすることで、生成した蒸気及びエアロゾルが中空管部132の内壁に付着することによるロスを抑制することができる。 The hollow tube portion 132 is sandwiched adjacent to the flavor generating portion 220 and the hollow filter portion 240 or the filter plug 250 (if the hollow filter portion 240 is not present), and is typically a rod-shaped member with a cavity such that the circumferential cross section of the hollow tube portion 132 is hollow (hollow). The longitudinal length of the hollow tube portion 132 can be adjusted appropriately to suit the size of the product, but is typically 15 mm or more, preferably 20 mm or more, and typically 40 mm or less, preferably 35 mm or less, and more preferably 30 mm or less. Setting the longitudinal length of the hollow tube portion 132 at or above the above lower limit ensures a sufficient cooling effect and allows for a good flavor, while setting it at or below the above upper limit reduces loss due to the generated vapor and aerosol adhering to the inner wall of the hollow tube portion 132.
冷却のためのシート等(例えばギャザー状に充填されたポリ乳酸シート等)を中空管部132に充填する場合、中空管部132の全表面積は、特段制限されず、例えば、300mm2/mm以上1000mm2/mm以下であり得る。この表面積は、中空管部132の通気方向の長さ(mm)当たりの表面積である。中空管部132の全表面積は、400mm2/mm以上であることが好ましく、450mm2/mm以上であることがより好ましく、一方、600mm2/mm以下であることが好ましく、550mm2/mm以下であることがより好ましい。 When the hollow tube 132 is filled with a cooling sheet or the like (for example, a gathered polylactic acid sheet or the like), the total surface area of the hollow tube 132 is not particularly limited and can be, for example, 300 mm 2 /mm or more and 1000 mm 2 /mm or less. This surface area is the surface area per mm of the length (mm) in the air passage direction of the hollow tube 132. The total surface area of the hollow tube 132 is preferably 400 mm 2 /mm or more, and more preferably 450 mm 2 /mm or more, and is preferably 600 mm 2 /mm or less, and more preferably 550 mm 2 /mm or less.
中空管部132は、大きい全表面積を有する内部構造を備えることが望ましい。従って、好ましい実施形態において、中空管部132は、チャネルを形成するためにしわ付けされて、次に、ひだ付け、ギャザー付け、及び折り畳まれた薄い材料のシートによって形成されてもよい。中空管部132の折り畳み又はひだが多いと、中空管部132の合計表面積が大きくなる。中空管部132の構成材料の厚みは、特段制限されず、例えば、5μm以上500μm以下であってよく、また、10μm以上250μm以下であってよい。 It is desirable for the hollow tube portion 132 to have an internal structure with a large total surface area. Thus, in a preferred embodiment, the hollow tube portion 132 may be formed from a thin sheet of material that is wrinkled to form channels, and then pleated, gathered, and folded. The more folds or pleats there are in the hollow tube portion 132, the greater the total surface area of the hollow tube portion 132. The thickness of the material from which the hollow tube portion 132 is made is not particularly limited and may be, for example, from 5 μm to 500 μm, or from 10 μm to 250 μm.
図2及び図3(a)に示すように、中空管部132には、その周方向に、かつ、同心状に開孔vf(本技術分野ではベンチレーションフィルタとも称する。)が設けられていてもよい。開孔vfが存在することで、使用時に外部から中空管部132の内部に空気が流入し、香味発生部220から流入する成分や空気の温度を下げることができる。開孔vfは、中空管部132と中空フィルタ部240又はフィルタプラグ250(中空フィルタ部240がない場合)との境界から中空管部132側の方向の4mm以上の領域に設けられ得る。この場合、開孔vfは、中空管部132の冷却能力を向上させるだけでなく、加熱により生成される成分の中空管部132内での滞留を抑制し、該成分のデリバリ量を向上させることができる。なお、香味発生部220にエアロゾル基材が用いられる場合、香味発生物品110が加熱されることで生じるエアロゾル基材とたばこ香味成分とを含む蒸気が、外部からの空気と接触して温度が低下することで液化し、エアロゾルが生成されることを促進させることができる。 As shown in Figures 2 and 3(a), the hollow tube portion 132 may be provided with circumferential and concentric openings vf (also referred to in this technical field as ventilation filters). The presence of the openings vf allows air to flow into the hollow tube portion 132 from the outside during use, lowering the temperature of the components and air flowing in from the flavor generating section 220. The openings vf may be provided in an area 4 mm or more toward the hollow tube portion 132 from the boundary between the hollow tube portion 132 and the hollow filter portion 240 or filter plug 250 (if the hollow filter portion 240 is not present). In this case, the openings vf not only improve the cooling capacity of the hollow tube portion 132, but also suppress the retention of components generated by heating within the hollow tube portion 132, thereby improving the delivery amount of the components. Furthermore, when an aerosol base material is used in the flavor generating section 220, the vapor containing the aerosol base material and tobacco flavor components generated when the flavor generating article 110 is heated comes into contact with external air, lowering its temperature and liquefying, thereby accelerating the generation of the aerosol.
また、同心円状に存在する開孔vfを1つの開孔群とした場合、開孔群は1つであってもよく、2つ以上であってもよい。開孔群が2つ以上存在する場合、加熱により生成される成分のデリバリ量向上の観点から、中空管部132と中空フィルタ部240又はフィルタプラグ250(中空フィルタ部240がない場合)との境界から、中空管部132側の方向の4mm未満の領域には開孔群を設けないことが好ましい。 Furthermore, when the concentrically arranged openings vf are considered to be one opening group, there may be one opening group or two or more opening groups. When there are two or more opening groups, from the perspective of improving the delivery amount of components generated by heating, it is preferable not to provide opening groups in an area less than 4 mm toward the hollow tube section 132 from the boundary between the hollow tube section 132 and the hollow filter section 240 or filter plug 250 (when the hollow filter section 240 is not present).
また、中空管部132がチップペーパ270で巻装される場合、チップペーパ270には、中空管部132に設けられた開孔vfの直上の位置に開孔が設けられていることが好ましい。このような香味発生物品110を作製する場合、開孔vfと重なるような開孔を設けたチップペーパ270を準備して巻装してもよいが、製造容易性の観点から、開孔vfを有さない中空管部132を用いて香味発生物品110を作製した後、中空管部132及びチップペーパ270を同時に貫通する孔を開けることが好ましい。 Furthermore, when the hollow tube portion 132 is wrapped with tipping paper 270, it is preferable that the tipping paper 270 has an opening directly above the opening vf provided in the hollow tube portion 132. When producing such a flavor-generating article 110, it is possible to prepare and wrap tipping paper 270 with an opening that overlaps with the opening vf, but from the perspective of ease of production, it is preferable to first produce the flavor-generating article 110 using a hollow tube portion 132 that does not have the opening vf, and then drill a hole that passes through both the hollow tube portion 132 and the tipping paper 270 at the same time.
開孔vfが存在する領域は、加熱により生成される成分のデリバリを向上させる観点から、中空管部132と中空フィルタ部240又はフィルタプラグ250(中空フィルタ部240がない場合)との境界から中空管部132側の方向の4.5mm以上の領域であることが好ましく、5mm以上の領域であることがより好ましく、5.5mm以上の領域であることがさらに好ましい。また、開孔vfが存在する領域は、冷却機能を確保する観点から、上記境界から中空管部132側の方向の15mm以下の領域であることが好ましく、10mm以下の領域であることがより好ましく、7mm以下の領域であることがさらに好ましい。 From the viewpoint of improving the delivery of components generated by heating, the region where the openings vf exist is preferably a region of 4.5 mm or more from the boundary between the hollow tube section 132 and the hollow filter section 240 or filter plug 250 (when the hollow filter section 240 is not present) toward the hollow tube section 132, more preferably a region of 5 mm or more, and even more preferably a region of 5.5 mm or more. Furthermore, from the viewpoint of ensuring cooling function, the region where the openings vf exist is preferably a region of 15 mm or less from the boundary toward the hollow tube section 132, more preferably a region of 10 mm or less, and even more preferably a region of 7 mm or less.
開孔vfが存在する領域は、加熱により生成される成分のデリバリを向上させる観点から、香味発生物品110の吸口端から中空管部132側の方向の24mm以上の領域であることが好ましく、24.5mm以上の領域であることが好ましく、25mm以上の領域であることが好ましく、25.5mm以上の領域であることがより好ましい。また、開孔vfが存在する領域は、冷却機能を確保する観点から、香味発生物品110の吸口端から中空管部132側の方向の35mm以下の領域であることが好ましく、30mm以下の領域であることがより好ましく、27mm以下の領域であることがさらに好ましい。 From the viewpoint of improving the delivery of components generated by heating, the region where the openings vf exist is preferably a region of 24 mm or more from the mouth end of the flavor generating article 110 toward the hollow tube portion 132, preferably a region of 24.5 mm or more, preferably a region of 25 mm or more, and more preferably a region of 25.5 mm or more. Furthermore, from the viewpoint of ensuring cooling function, the region where the openings vf exist is preferably a region of 35 mm or less from the mouth end of the flavor generating article 110 toward the hollow tube portion 132, more preferably a region of 30 mm or less, and even more preferably a region of 27 mm or less.
また、中空管部132の軸方向の長さが20mm以上である場合、開孔vfが存在する領域は、冷却機能を確保する観点から、中空管部132と香味発生部220との境界から、中空管部132側の方向に5mm以上の領域であることが好ましく、10mm以上の領域であることがより好ましく、13mm以上の領域であることがさらに好ましい。また、中空管部132の軸方向の長さが20mm以上である場合、開孔vfが存在する領域は、加熱により生成される成分のデリバリを向上させる観点から、中空管部132と香味発生部220との境界から、16mm以下であることが好ましく、15.5mm以下の領域であることがより好ましく、15mm以下の領域であることがさらに好ましく、14.5mm以下の領域であることが特に好ましい。 Furthermore, when the axial length of the hollow tube section 132 is 20 mm or more, the region in which the openings vf exist is preferably a region of 5 mm or more, more preferably a region of 10 mm or more, and even more preferably a region of 13 mm or more, from the boundary between the hollow tube section 132 and the flavor generating section 220 toward the hollow tube section 132, from the viewpoint of ensuring cooling function. Further, when the axial length of the hollow tube section 132 is 20 mm or more, the region in which the openings vf exist is preferably a region of 16 mm or less, more preferably a region of 15.5 mm or less, even more preferably a region of 15 mm or less, and especially preferably a region of 14.5 mm or less, from the boundary between the hollow tube section 132 and the flavor generating section 220, from the viewpoint of improving the delivery of components generated by heating.
開孔vfは、自動喫煙機で17.5ml/secで吸引したときの開孔vfからの空気流入割合(吸い口端から吸引した空気の割合を100体積%とした場合における開孔vfから流入した空気の体積割合)が10~90体積%、好ましくは50~80体積%、より好ましくは55~75体積%となるように設けられ得る。このような空気流入割合は、例えば、開孔群1つ当たりの開孔vfの数を5~50個の範囲から選択し、開孔vfの直径を0.1~0.5mmの範囲から選択することにより、達成することができる。上記の空気流入割合は、巻品測定機(例えば、S.A.S社製造のSODIMAX d74/SODIM)を用い、ISO9512に準拠した方法で測定することができる。 The apertures vf can be set so that when an automatic smoking machine inhales at 17.5 ml/sec, the air inflow rate from the apertures vf (the volumetric rate of air inflowing from the aperture vf when the volumetric rate of air inhaled from the mouthpiece end is taken as 100%) is 10 to 90% by volume, preferably 50 to 80% by volume, and more preferably 55 to 75% by volume. Such an air inflow rate can be achieved, for example, by selecting the number of apertures vf per aperture group from the range of 5 to 50, and selecting the diameter of the apertures vf from the range of 0.1 to 0.5 mm. The above air inflow rate can be measured using a roll measuring device (for example, a SODIMAX d74/SODIM manufactured by S.A.S.) in accordance with a method conforming to ISO 9512.
アウタプラグラップ280の構成は、特段制限されず、一般的な態様とすることができる。具体的には例えば、アウタプラグラップ280は、パルプを主成分とすることができる。パルプとしては、針葉樹パルプや広葉樹パルプなどの木材パルプ、亜麻パルプ、大麻パルプ、サイザル麻パルプ、及びエスパルト等、一般的にたばこ物品用の巻紙に使用されるパルプを使用でき、アウタプラグラップ280は、これらのパルプの一以上を抄造して得られる。これらのパルプは、単独の種類で用いてもよく、複数の種類を任意の割合で組み合わせて用いてもよい。パルプの態様としては、クラフト蒸解法、酸性・中性・アルカリ亜硫酸塩蒸解法、及びソーダ塩蒸解法等によって得られる化学パルプ、グランドパルプ、ケミグランドパルプ、及びサーモメカニカルパルプ等を使用できる。なお、アウタプラグラップ280は、市販品を用いてもよい。アウタプラグラップ280の形状は、特段制限されず、例えば、正方形又は長方形とすることができる。 The configuration of the outer plug wrap 280 is not particularly limited and can be of any common type. Specifically, for example, the outer plug wrap 280 can be primarily made of pulp. Pulp can be wood pulp such as softwood pulp or hardwood pulp, flax pulp, hemp pulp, sisal pulp, esparto, or other pulps commonly used in cigarette paper for tobacco products. The outer plug wrap 280 is obtained by papermaking one or more of these pulps. These pulps may be used alone or in any combination of multiple types in any proportion. Pulp types that can be used include chemical pulp obtained by kraft cooking, acidic, neutral, or alkaline sulfite cooking, and soda cooking, ground pulp, chemi-ground pulp, and thermomechanical pulp. Commercially available products may be used for the outer plug wrap 280. The shape of the outer plug wrap 280 is not particularly limited and can be, for example, square or rectangular.
アウタプラグラップ280の坪量は、特段制限されないが、通常20gsm以上70gsm以下であり、30gsm以上50gsm以下であることが好ましく、34gsm以上38gsm以下であることがより好ましい。アウタプラグラップ280の厚さは、特段限定されないが、通常30mm以上80mm以下であり、33mm以上50mm以下であることが好ましく、35mm以上40mm以下であることがより好ましい。アウタプラグラップ280の通気度は、特段制限されないが、通常0コレスタユニット以上、30000コレスタユニット以下であり、0コレスタユニット超10000コレスタユニット以下であることが好ましい。通気度は、ISO 2965:2009に準拠して測定される値であり、紙の両面の差圧が1kPaのときに、1分ごとに面積1cm2を通過する気体の流量(cm3)で表される。1コレスタユニット(1コレスタ単位、1C.U.)は、1kPa下においてcm3/(min・cm2)である。 The basis weight of the outer plug wrap 280 is not particularly limited, but is typically 20 gsm to 70 gsm, preferably 30 gsm to 50 gsm, and more preferably 34 gsm to 38 gsm. The thickness of the outer plug wrap 280 is not particularly limited, but is typically 30 mm to 80 mm, preferably 33 mm to 50 mm, and more preferably 35 mm to 40 mm. The air permeability of the outer plug wrap 280 is not particularly limited, but is typically 0 Coresta units to 30,000 Coresta units, and preferably more than 0 Coresta units to 10,000 Coresta units. The air permeability is a value measured in accordance with ISO 2965:2009 and is expressed as the flow rate ( cm3 ) of gas passing through an area of 1 cm2 per minute when the differential pressure between both sides of the paper is 1 kPa. One Coresta unit (1 Coresta unit, 1 C.U.) is cm 3 /(min·cm 2 ) under 1 kPa.
アウタプラグラップ280は、填料を含んでもよい。填料として、例えば、炭酸カルシウム及び炭酸マグネシウム等の金属炭酸塩、酸化チタン、二酸化チタン、及び酸化アルミニウム等の金属酸化物、硫酸バリウム及び硫酸カルシウム等の金属硫酸塩、硫化亜鉛等の金属硫化物、石英、カオリン、タルク、ケイソウ土、及び石膏等が挙げられる。アウタプラグラップ280は、特に、白色度・不透明度の向上及び加熱速度の増加の観点から炭酸カルシウムを含んでいることが好ましい。また、これらの填料は1種を単独で使用してもよいし、又は2種以上を併用してもよい。 The outer plug wrap 280 may contain a filler. Examples of fillers include metal carbonates such as calcium carbonate and magnesium carbonate, metal oxides such as titanium oxide, titanium dioxide, and aluminum oxide, metal sulfates such as barium sulfate and calcium sulfate, metal sulfides such as zinc sulfide, quartz, kaolin, talc, diatomaceous earth, and gypsum. It is particularly preferable that the outer plug wrap 280 contain calcium carbonate, from the standpoints of improving whiteness and opacity and increasing the heating rate. Furthermore, these fillers may be used alone, or two or more types may be used in combination.
アウタプラグラップ280は、種々の助剤が添加され得る。アウタプラグラップ280は、例えば、耐水性向上剤を含み得る。耐水性向上剤には、湿潤紙力増強剤(WS剤)及びサイズ剤が含まれ得る。湿潤紙力増強剤は、例えば、尿素ホルムアルデヒド樹脂、メラミンホルムアルデヒド樹脂、及びポリアミドエピクロルヒドリン(PAE)等を含み得る。また、サイズ剤は、例えば、ロジン石けん、アルキルケテンダイマー(AKD)、アルケニル無水コハク酸(ASA)、及びケン化度が90%以上の高ケン化ポリビニルアルコール等を含み得る。 Various auxiliary agents may be added to the outer plug wrap 280. The outer plug wrap 280 may contain, for example, a water resistance improver. The water resistance improver may include a wet strength agent (WS agent) and a sizing agent. The wet strength agent may include, for example, urea formaldehyde resin, melamine formaldehyde resin, and polyamide epichlorohydrin (PAE). The sizing agent may include, for example, rosin soap, alkyl ketene dimer (AKD), alkenyl succinic anhydride (ASA), and highly saponified polyvinyl alcohol with a saponification degree of 90% or more.
アウタプラグラップ280の表面及び裏面の少なくとも一方の面にコーティング剤が添加されてもよい。コーティング剤としては特に制限はないが、紙の表面に膜を形成し、液体の透過性を減少させることができるコーティング剤が好ましい。 A coating agent may be added to at least one of the front and back surfaces of the outer plug wrap 280. There are no particular restrictions on the coating agent, but a coating agent that can form a film on the surface of the paper and reduce liquid permeability is preferred.
チップペーパ270の構成は、特段制限されず、一般的な態様とすることができる。具体的には例えば、チップペーパ270は、パルプを主成分とすることができる。パルプとしては、針葉樹パルプや広葉樹パルプなどの木材パルプ、亜麻パルプ、大麻パルプ、サイザル麻パルプ、及びエスパルト等、一般的にたばこ物品用の巻紙に使用されるパルプを使用でき、チップペーパ270は、これらのパルプの一以上を抄造して得られる。
これらのパルプは、単独の種類で用いてもよく、複数の種類を任意の割合で組み合わせて用いてもよい。パルプの態様としては、クラフト蒸解法、酸性・中性・アルカリ亜硫酸塩蒸解法、及びソーダ塩蒸解法等による化学パルプ、グランドパルプ、ケミグランドパルプ、及びサーモメカニカルパルプ等を使用できる。なお、チップペーパ270は、市販品を用いてもよい。チップペーパ270の形状は、特段制限されず、例えば、正方形又は長方形とすることができる。また、香味発生物品110は、1枚のチップペーパ270を有してもよいが、複数枚のチップペーパ270を有してもよい。
The configuration of the tipping paper 270 is not particularly limited and can be any common configuration. Specifically, for example, the tipping paper 270 can be mainly composed of pulp. Pulp that can be used is pulp generally used in cigarette papers for tobacco articles, such as wood pulp such as softwood pulp or hardwood pulp, flax pulp, hemp pulp, sisal pulp, and esparto. The tipping paper 270 is obtained by papermaking one or more of these pulps.
These pulps may be used alone or in any combination of several types in any ratio. Pulp types that can be used include chemical pulps produced by kraft cooking, acidic, neutral, or alkaline sulfite cooking, and soda cooking, ground pulp, chemi-ground pulp, and thermomechanical pulp. The tipping paper 270 may be a commercially available product. The shape of the tipping paper 270 is not particularly limited, and may be, for example, square or rectangular. The flavor-generating article 110 may have one tipping paper 270, or may have several tipping papers 270.
チップペーパ270の坪量は、特段制限されないが、通常32gsm以上40gsm以下であり、33gsm以上39gsm以下であることが好ましく、34gsm以上38gsm以下であることがより好ましい。チップペーパ270の通気度は、特段制限されないが、通常0コレスタユニット以上30000コレスタユニット以下であり、0コレスタユニット超10000コレスタユニット以下であることが好ましい。通気度は、ISO 2965:2009に準拠して測定される値であり、紙の両面の差圧が1kPaのときに、1分ごとに面積1cm2を通過する気体の流量(cm3)で表される。1コレスタユニット(1コレスタ単位、1C.U.)は、1kPa下においてcm3/(min・cm2)である。 The basis weight of the tipping paper 270 is not particularly limited, but is usually 32 gsm to 40 gsm, preferably 33 gsm to 39 gsm, and more preferably 34 gsm to 38 gsm. The air permeability of the tipping paper 270 is not particularly limited, but is usually 0 Coresta units to 30,000 Coresta units, and preferably more than 0 Coresta units to 10,000 Coresta units. Air permeability is a value measured in accordance with ISO 2965:2009, and is expressed as the flow rate ( cm3 ) of gas passing through an area of 1 cm2 per minute when the differential pressure between both sides of the paper is 1 kPa. 1 Coresta unit (1 Coresta unit, 1 C.U.) is cm3 /(min· cm2 ) at 1 kPa.
チップペーパ270は、填料を含んでもよい。填料として、例えば、炭酸カルシウム及び炭酸マグネシウム等の金属炭酸塩、酸化チタン、二酸化チタン、及び酸化アルミニウム等の金属酸化物、硫酸バリウム及び硫酸カルシウム等の金属硫酸塩、硫化亜鉛等の金属硫化物、石英、カオリン、タルク、ケイソウ土、及び石膏等が挙げられる。チップペーパ270は、特に、白色度・不透明度の向上及び加熱速度の増加の観点から炭酸カルシウムを含んでいることが好ましい。また、これらの填料は1種を単独で使用してもよいし、又は2種以上を併用してもよい。 The chipping paper 270 may contain a filler. Examples of fillers include metal carbonates such as calcium carbonate and magnesium carbonate, metal oxides such as titanium oxide, titanium dioxide, and aluminum oxide, metal sulfates such as barium sulfate and calcium sulfate, metal sulfides such as zinc sulfide, quartz, kaolin, talc, diatomaceous earth, and gypsum. It is particularly preferable that the chipping paper 270 contain calcium carbonate, from the standpoint of improving whiteness and opacity and increasing the heating rate. Furthermore, these fillers may be used alone or in combination of two or more types.
チップペーパ270は、種々の助剤を添加され得る。チップペーパ270は、例えば、耐水性向上剤を含み得る。耐水性向上剤には、湿潤紙力増強剤(WS剤)及びサイズ剤が含まれ得る。湿潤紙力増強剤は、例えば、尿素ホルムアルデヒド樹脂、メラミンホルムアルデヒド樹脂、及びポリアミドエピクロルヒドリン(PAE)等を含み得る。また、サイズ剤は、例えば、ロジン石けん、アルキルケテンダイマー(AKD)、アルケニル無水コハク酸(ASA)、及びケン化度が90%以上の高ケン化ポリビニルアルコール等である。 Various auxiliary agents may be added to the chip paper 270. For example, the chip paper 270 may contain a water resistance improver. The water resistance improver may include a wet strength agent (WS agent) and a sizing agent. The wet strength agent may include, for example, urea formaldehyde resin, melamine formaldehyde resin, and polyamide epichlorohydrin (PAE). Furthermore, the sizing agent may be, for example, rosin soap, alkyl ketene dimer (AKD), alkenyl succinic anhydride (ASA), and highly saponified polyvinyl alcohol with a saponification degree of 90% or more.
チップペーパ270の表面及び裏面の少なくとも一方の面にコーティング剤が添加されてもよい。コーティング剤としては特に制限はないが、紙の表面に膜を形成し、液体の透過性を減少させることができるコーティング剤が好ましい。 A coating agent may be added to at least one of the front and back surfaces of the tipping paper 270. There are no particular restrictions on the coating agent, but a coating agent that can form a film on the surface of the paper and reduce liquid permeability is preferred.
チップペーパ270の外面の一部がリップリリース材料によって被覆されていてもよい。リップリリース材料は、使用者が香味発生物品110の吸口を口で咥えた際に、唇とチップペーパ270とが実質的に粘着することなく容易に離れることを補助する材料を意味する。リップリリース材料は、例えば、エチルセルロース、又はメチルセルロース等を含んでいても良い。例えば、チップペーパ270の外面にエチルセルロース系、又はメチルセルロース系のインクを塗布することでチップペーパ270の外面をリップリリース材料によってコーティングしてもよい。本実施形態において、リップリリース材料は、使用者が吸口を咥えた際に、当該使用者の唇に接触する所定の吸口領域に少なくとも設けられる。より具体的には、リップリリース材料は、チップペーパ270における外面のうち、吸口端(フィルタプラグ250の端部)と開孔vfとの間に設けられ得る。 A portion of the outer surface of the tipping paper 270 may be coated with a lip release material. The lip release material refers to a material that helps the lip and tipping paper 270 to easily separate without substantial adhesion when the user holds the mouthpiece of the flavor-generating article 110 in their mouth. The lip release material may contain, for example, ethyl cellulose or methyl cellulose. For example, the outer surface of the tipping paper 270 may be coated with the lip release material by applying an ethyl cellulose- or methyl cellulose-based ink to the outer surface of the tipping paper 270. In this embodiment, the lip release material is provided at least in a predetermined mouthpiece area that comes into contact with the user's lips when the user holds the mouthpiece in their mouth. More specifically, the lip release material may be provided on the outer surface of the tipping paper 270, between the mouthpiece end (the end of the filter plug 250) and the opening vf.
次に、香味発生物品110を構成する各要素の連結態様について説明する。図2において、連結の仕方を見やすくするために、構成要素間に隙間が設けられているが、実際の香味発生物品110では、図3に示すように各構成要素は隙間なく隣接している。図2に示す香味発生物品110では、5つの構成要素は、アウタプラグラップ280、アウタプラグラップ260、チップペーパ270を用いて連結されている。具体的には、図2に示すように、アウタプラグラップ280が、先端プラグ112と香味発生部220と中空管部132とを連結している。ここでアウタプラグラップ280は、先端プラグ112及び香味発生部220の全体と、中空管部132の一部とを被覆するように巻いている。この連結体を、第1連結体285と呼ぶ。また、アウタプラグラップ260が、中空フィルタ部240とフィルタプラグ250とを、これらの全体を被覆するように巻いて連結している。この連結体を、第2連結体265と呼ぶ。さらに、チップペーパ270が、第1連結体285と第2連結体265とを連結している。ここで、チップペーパ270は、第2連結体265の全体と、第1連結体285の一部とを被覆し、第1連結体285を上流端で露出させている。なお、図2に示す例では、アウタプラグラップ280は、中空管部132の下流端まで被覆しないで中空管部132を下流端で露出させているが、中空管部132の下流端まで被覆していてもよい。この場合、アウタプラグラップ280には、中空管部132に設けられた開孔vfの直上の位置に開孔が設けられていることが好ましい。結果として、開孔vfは、チップペーパ270、アウタプラグラップ280、及び中空管部132を貫通するように設けられていることが好ましい。 Next, the connection manner of each element constituting the flavor generating article 110 will be described. In Figure 2, gaps are provided between the elements to make the connection easier to see, but in an actual flavor generating article 110, the elements are adjacent to each other with no gaps, as shown in Figure 3. In the flavor generating article 110 shown in Figure 2, the five elements are connected using an outer plug wrap 280, an outer plug wrap 260, and tipping paper 270. Specifically, as shown in Figure 2, the outer plug wrap 280 connects the tip plug 112, the flavor generating section 220, and the hollow tube section 132. Here, the outer plug wrap 280 is wrapped around the entire tip plug 112 and the flavor generating section 220, and a portion of the hollow tube section 132, covering them entirely. This connected body is referred to as a first connected body 285. Furthermore, the outer plug wrap 260 connects the hollow filter section 240 and the filter plug 250 by wrapping around them to cover them entirely. This connecting body is referred to as the second connecting body 265. Furthermore, tipping paper 270 connects the first connecting body 285 and the second connecting body 265. Here, the tipping paper 270 covers the entire second connecting body 265 and a portion of the first connecting body 285, leaving the first connecting body 285 exposed at its upstream end. In the example shown in FIG. 2 , the outer plug wrap 280 does not cover the hollow tubular portion 132 to its downstream end, leaving the hollow tubular portion 132 exposed at its downstream end. However, the hollow tubular portion 132 may be covered to its downstream end. In this case, the outer plug wrap 280 preferably has an opening directly above the opening vf in the hollow tubular portion 132. Consequently, the opening vf is preferably provided so as to penetrate the tipping paper 270, the outer plug wrap 280, and the hollow tubular portion 132.
図1に示したように、香味発生物品110を香味吸引器120の加熱部30に適切に挿入させたとき、香味発生物品110の一部は香味吸引器120の外部に露出されていてもよい。具体的には、図1に示した状態において、図2に示した第2連結体265の全部又は一部が香味吸引器120の外部に露出していてもよい。また、図1に示した状態において、図2又は図3に示した中空管部132の一部が、香味吸引器120の外部に露出していてもよい。この場合、中空管部132に形成された開孔vfが、香味吸引器120の外部に露出していてもよいし、香味吸引器120の内側(香味発生物品110を挿入する開口よりも上流側)に位置していてもよい。使用者によって開孔vfが塞がれ難くなるため、中空管部132に形成された開孔vfが香味吸引器120の内側にあることが好ましい。 As shown in FIG. 1, when the flavor generating article 110 is properly inserted into the heating section 30 of the flavor inhaler 120, a portion of the flavor generating article 110 may be exposed to the outside of the flavor inhaler 120. Specifically, in the state shown in FIG. 1, all or a portion of the second connecting body 265 shown in FIG. 2 may be exposed to the outside of the flavor inhaler 120. Also, in the state shown in FIG. 1, a portion of the hollow tube section 132 shown in FIG. 2 or 3 may be exposed to the outside of the flavor inhaler 120. In this case, the opening vf formed in the hollow tube section 132 may be exposed to the outside of the flavor inhaler 120, or may be located inside the flavor inhaler 120 (upstream of the opening through which the flavor generating article 110 is inserted). It is preferable that the opening vf formed in the hollow tube section 132 be located inside the flavor inhaler 120, as this makes it less likely for the user to block the opening vf.
香味発生部220は、香味発生物品110が図1に示した香味吸引器120の所望の位置に収容された場合に、香味発生物品110の長手方向に沿って香味吸引器120の加熱源40と重なる部分と、加熱源40と重ならない部分とを有していてもよい。香味発生部220の加熱源40と重なる部分の長手方向の長さは、香味発生部220の長手方向の長さの40%以上60%以下であることが好ましい。 When the flavor generating article 110 is stored in the desired position of the flavor inhaler 120 shown in FIG. 1, the flavor generating section 220 may have a portion that overlaps with the heat source 40 of the flavor inhaler 120 along the longitudinal direction of the flavor generating article 110, and a portion that does not overlap with the heat source 40. The longitudinal length of the portion of the flavor generating section 220 that overlaps with the heat source 40 is preferably 40% or more and 60% or less of the longitudinal length of the flavor generating section 220.
本実施形態では、先端プラグ112が更なる機能を有する。具体的には、図3(a)及び図3(b)に示すように、先端プラグ112の第1濾材211は、第1部分112aと、第2部分112bと、を有する。第1部分112aと第2部分112bは、香味発生部220及び先端プラグ112が隣接する方向(長手方向)と直交する断面において、隣接して配置される。香味発生物品110が図1に示した加熱源40によって加熱されるとき、第2部分112bは、第1部分112aより加熱源40の近くに配置される。図3に示す例では、第2部分112bが第1部分112aの外側に位置するので、図1に示した加熱源40によって加熱されるときに、第2部分112bは、第1部分112aより加熱源40の近くに配置される。また、第2部分112bは、加熱により収縮するように構成されている。また、先端プラグ112は、後述する図4に示すように、第1部分112aと第2部分112bの間に配置された第1シート部材S1、及び第2部分112bの外側に配置された第1インナプラグラップ212(第2シート部材)を有している。また、第1シート部材S1及び第1インナプラグラップ212の少なくとも一方は、第2部分112bの収縮に伴い変形するように構成される。 In this embodiment, the tip plug 112 has an additional function. Specifically, as shown in Figures 3(a) and 3(b), the first filter material 211 of the tip plug 112 has a first portion 112a and a second portion 112b. The first portion 112a and the second portion 112b are arranged adjacent to each other in a cross section perpendicular to the direction (longitudinal direction) in which the flavor generating unit 220 and the tip plug 112 are adjacent. When the flavor generating article 110 is heated by the heat source 40 shown in Figure 1, the second portion 112b is arranged closer to the heat source 40 than the first portion 112a. In the example shown in Figure 3, the second portion 112b is located outside the first portion 112a, and therefore when heated by the heat source 40 shown in Figure 1, the second portion 112b is arranged closer to the heat source 40 than the first portion 112a. Furthermore, the second portion 112b is configured to shrink when heated. As shown in Figure 4, which will be described later, the tip plug 112 has a first sheet member S1 disposed between the first portion 112a and the second portion 112b, and a first inner plug wrap 212 (second sheet member) disposed on the outside of the second portion 112b. At least one of the first sheet member S1 and the first inner plug wrap 212 is configured to deform in accordance with the contraction of the second portion 112b.
図3に示す実施形態によれば、先端プラグ112の第2部分112bを第1部分112aよりも容易に加熱することができ、第2部分112bを加熱により収縮させることができる。また、加熱による第2部分112bの収縮に伴い、第1シート部材S1及び第1インナプラグラップ212の少なくとも一方が変形することで、第2部分112bの吸引抵抗を増加させることができる。即ち、この先端プラグ112は、吸引抵抗が変化するという更なる機能を有する。具体的には例えば、喫煙セッションの前期では、吸引抵抗の小さい第2部分112bに優先的に空気を通過させ、喫煙セッションの後期では、加熱により第2部分112bの吸引抵抗を上昇させて、第1部分112aに優先的に空気を通過させることができる。なお、喫煙セッションとは、エアロゾルを生成する処理が開始してから終了するまでの期間のことであってもよい。また、喫煙セッションとは、香味吸引物品を加熱する処理が開始してから終了するまでの期間のことであってもよい。喫煙セッションの前期とは、喫煙セッションの全期間のうち、喫煙セッションの開始から50%の期間であってもよいし、喫煙セッションの開始から30%の期間であってもよいし、加熱が開始され始めるときのことであってもよい。喫煙セッションの後期とは、喫煙セッション前半を過ぎて喫煙セッションの終了までの期間であってもよいし、加熱が終了するときのことであってもよい。 According to the embodiment shown in FIG. 3, the second portion 112b of the tip plug 112 can be heated more easily than the first portion 112a, allowing the second portion 112b to shrink due to heating. Furthermore, as the second portion 112b shrinks due to heating, at least one of the first sheet member S1 and the first inner plug wrap 212 deforms, thereby increasing the inhalation resistance of the second portion 112b. In other words, the tip plug 112 has the additional function of varying the inhalation resistance. Specifically, for example, in the early stages of a smoking session, air is preferentially passed through the second portion 112b, which has a lower inhalation resistance. In the later stages of a smoking session, the inhalation resistance of the second portion 112b can be increased by heating, allowing air to preferentially pass through the first portion 112a. A smoking session may refer to the period from the start to the end of the process of generating an aerosol. A smoking session may also refer to the period from the start to the end of the process of heating a flavor inhalation article. The early stage of a smoking session may be 50% of the total duration of the smoking session from the start of the smoking session, 30% of the total duration of the smoking session from the start of the smoking session, or the time when heating begins to begin. The later stage of a smoking session may be the period from the end of the first half of the smoking session to the end of the smoking session, or the time when heating ends.
喫煙セッションの前期において、第2部分112bの吸引抵抗は、第1部分112aの吸引抵抗よりも小さく、喫煙セッションの後期において、第2部分112bの吸引抵抗は、第1部分112aの吸引抵抗より大きいことが好ましい。この場合、喫煙セッションの前期では、吸引抵抗の小さい第2部分112bに優先的に空気を通過させ、喫煙セッションの後期では、加熱により第2部分112bの吸引抵抗を上昇させて、第1部分112aに優先的に空気を通過させることができる。また、香味発生物品110では、喫煙セッションの前期における第2部分112bの吸引抵抗は、喫煙セッションの後期における第2部分112bの吸引抵抗よりも低いことが好ましい。この場合、喫煙セッションの前期よりも後期において、第2部分112bへの空気の流入量を増加させて、香味発生部220で生じる香味を効率的にデリバリすることができる。加熱前又は喫煙セッションの前期における第1部分112a及び第2部分112bの吸引抵抗は、50mmH2O以下であってもよい。図3に示すように、第2部分112bは、香味発生部220及び先端プラグ112が隣接する方向と直交する断面において、第1部分112aを囲むように配置されることが好ましい。この場合、図1に示した香味吸引器120において香味発生物品110が外周側から加熱されるときに、喫煙セッション前半に、温度が高い香味発生部220の外周側に空気を多く流すことができる。また、加熱により第2部分112bの吸引抵抗を増加させて、喫煙セッションの後期に温度が高くなる香味発生部220の中心側に空気を多く流して、蒸気又はエアロゾルの生成及びデリバリを効率よく行うことができる。 Preferably, the resistance of draw of the second portion 112b is smaller than the resistance of draw of the first portion 112a in the early stage of a smoking session, and is larger than the resistance of draw of the first portion 112a in the later stage of a smoking session. In this case, air is preferentially passed through the second portion 112b, which has a smaller resistance of draw, in the early stage of a smoking session, and in the later stage of a smoking session, the resistance of draw of the second portion 112b is increased by heating, allowing air to preferentially pass through the first portion 112a. Furthermore, in the flavor-generating article 110, the resistance of draw of the second portion 112b in the early stage of a smoking session is preferably lower than the resistance of draw of the second portion 112b in the later stage of a smoking session. In this case, the amount of air flowing into the second portion 112b can be increased in the later stage of a smoking session compared to the early stage, thereby enabling the flavor generated in the flavor generating unit 220 to be delivered more efficiently. The resistance to drawing of the first portion 112a and the second portion 112b before heating or in the early stage of a smoking session may be 50 mmH2O or less. As shown in Fig. 3, the second portion 112b is preferably arranged to surround the first portion 112a in a cross section perpendicular to the direction in which the flavor generating portion 220 and the tip plug 112 are adjacent. In this case, when the flavor generating article 110 is heated from the outer periphery in the flavor inhaler 120 shown in Fig. 1, more air can flow toward the outer periphery of the flavor generating portion 220, where the temperature is higher, in the early stage of a smoking session. Furthermore, by increasing the resistance to drawing of the second portion 112b through heating, more air can flow toward the center of the flavor generating portion 220, where the temperature is higher, in the later stage of a smoking session, thereby efficiently generating and delivering vapor or aerosol.
第2部分112bは、セルロースアセテートを含むことが好ましい。この場合、第2部分112bを適切に加熱することにより第2部分112bを適切に収縮させることができる。これに限らず第2部分112bは、加熱により収縮し得る任意の材料で構成されてもよい。加熱により収縮する材料は、例えば130℃以上220℃以下の温度で収縮し始める材料であってもよい。また、第1部分112aは、セルロースアセテート又は紙を含むことが好ましい。これに限らず、第1部分112aは、任意の材料、例えば従来からフィルタに使用される材料等で構成されてもよい。 The second portion 112b preferably contains cellulose acetate. In this case, the second portion 112b can be appropriately shrunk by heating it appropriately. The second portion 112b is not limited to this, but may be made of any material that can shrink when heated. A material that shrinks when heated may be a material that begins to shrink at a temperature of 130°C or higher and 220°C or lower, for example. The first portion 112a preferably contains cellulose acetate or paper. The first portion 112a is not limited to this, but may be made of any material, such as a material that has traditionally been used in filters.
第2部分112bは、可塑剤を含むことが好ましい。この場合、第2部分112bの収縮し始める温度を下げることができ、より低いエネルギで第2部分112bを収縮させることができる。可塑剤は、例えばトリアセチンであり得る。また、第2部分112bに対する可塑剤(例えばトリアセチン)の含有量は、6重量%以上9重量%以下であることが好ましい。この場合、第2部分112bの溶解を抑制しながら、第2部分112bの収縮に要するエネルギを低減することができる。可塑剤の含有量が6重量%未満であると第2部分112bが収縮し始める温度が高くなって、第2部分112bの収縮に比較的高いエネルギが必要となり、可塑剤の含有量が9重量%超であると、第2部分112bに部分的な溶解が生じる恐れがある。なお、第2部分112bに対する可塑剤の含有量は、第1部分112aに対する可塑剤の含有量より多いことが好ましい。例えば、第1部分112a及び第2部分112bがセルロースアセテートから構成される場合、第2部分112bに対するトリアセチンの含有量は9重量%であり、第1部分112aに対するトリアセチンの含有量は6重量%であり得る。 It is preferable that the second portion 112b contains a plasticizer. In this case, the temperature at which the second portion 112b begins to shrink can be lowered, allowing the second portion 112b to shrink with less energy. The plasticizer may be, for example, triacetin. Furthermore, it is preferable that the content of the plasticizer (e.g., triacetin) in the second portion 112b be 6% by weight or more and 9% by weight or less. In this case, the energy required to shrink the second portion 112b can be reduced while suppressing dissolution of the second portion 112b. If the plasticizer content is less than 6% by weight, the temperature at which the second portion 112b begins to shrink will be high, requiring relatively high energy to shrink the second portion 112b. If the plasticizer content is more than 9% by weight, partial dissolution of the second portion 112b may occur. It is preferable that the content of the plasticizer in the second portion 112b be greater than the content of the plasticizer in the first portion 112a. For example, if the first portion 112a and the second portion 112b are made of cellulose acetate, the triacetin content in the second portion 112b may be 9% by weight, and the triacetin content in the first portion 112a may be 6% by weight.
次に、先端プラグ112の構造について詳細に説明する。図4は、先端プラグ112の詳細断面図である。図4では、先端プラグ112を取り囲むアウタプラグラップ280も示されている。図4に示すように、先端プラグ112は、第1部分112aと第2部分112bの間に配置された第1シート部材S1、及び第2部分112bの外側に配置された第1インナプラグラップ212を有している。 Next, the structure of the tip plug 112 will be described in detail. Figure 4 is a detailed cross-sectional view of the tip plug 112. Figure 4 also shows the outer plug wrap 280 that surrounds the tip plug 112. As shown in Figure 4, the tip plug 112 has a first sheet member S1 disposed between the first portion 112a and the second portion 112b, and a first inner plug wrap 212 disposed outside the second portion 112b.
第1シート部材S1は、液体透過性が低いことが好ましい。具体的には、第1シート部材S1が可塑剤の透過を抑制できる場合、第1部分112aと第2部分112bとの間で可塑剤が移動することを抑制できる。このような第1シート部材S1には、例えば、紙管、厚紙、グラシン紙等を使用することができる。また、第1シート部材S1は、気体透過性が低い。この場合、第1部分112aを通過する空気流路と第2部分112bを通過する空気流路とを区画することができる。例えば、第1シート部材S1の通気度は、100コレスタ(CORESTA)単位以下であってもよい。図3及び図4に示す実施形態では、第2部分112bが第1部分112aを囲むように配置されるので、第1シート部材S1は筒状のシート部材であり得る。これに限らず、第1部分112aと第2部分112bの配置に応じて、任意の形状の第1シート部材S1が、第1部分112aと第2部分112bとの間に配置され得る。また、第1シート部材S1は、第1部分112aと第2部分112bとの間の全体にわたって配置されてもよいし、その一部に配置されてもよい。 The first sheet member S1 preferably has low liquid permeability. Specifically, if the first sheet member S1 can suppress the permeation of plasticizers, the movement of plasticizers between the first portion 112a and the second portion 112b can be suppressed. For example, a paper tube, cardboard, glassine paper, etc. can be used for such a first sheet member S1. Furthermore, the first sheet member S1 has low gas permeability. In this case, an air flow path passing through the first portion 112a and an air flow path passing through the second portion 112b can be separated. For example, the air permeability of the first sheet member S1 may be 100 CORESTA units or less. In the embodiment shown in Figures 3 and 4, the second portion 112b is arranged to surround the first portion 112a, so the first sheet member S1 may be a cylindrical sheet member. However, the first sheet member S1 may be of any shape and may be disposed between the first portion 112a and the second portion 112b depending on the arrangement of the first portion 112a and the second portion 112b. The first sheet member S1 may be disposed over the entire area between the first portion 112a and the second portion 112b, or may be disposed only in part of the area.
また、図4に示すように、香味発生物品110は、第2部分112bの内面と第1シート部材S1を接合する第1接合部P1を有することが好ましい。この場合、第2部分112bと第1シート部材S1との位置関係を固定することができる。第1接合部P1は、第1シート部材S1の外面の全体に設けられてもよいし、第1シート部材S1の外面に螺旋状、直線状、又はドット状等、任意の態様で設けられてもよい。第1接合部P1としては、例えば糊、接着剤、又は接着テープ等の任意の接合手段が採用され得る。 Furthermore, as shown in FIG. 4, the flavor-generating article 110 preferably has a first joint P1 that joins the inner surface of the second portion 112b to the first sheet member S1. In this case, the positional relationship between the second portion 112b and the first sheet member S1 can be fixed. The first joint P1 may be provided over the entire outer surface of the first sheet member S1, or may be provided in any pattern on the outer surface of the first sheet member S1, such as a spiral, linear, or dot pattern. Any joining means, such as glue, adhesive, or adhesive tape, may be used as the first joint P1.
さらに、図4に示すように、香味発生物品110は、第1部分112aの外面と第1シート部材S1を接合する第2接合部P2を有することが好ましい。この場合、第1部分112aと第1シート部材S1との位置関係を固定することができる。第2接合部P2は、第1シート部材S1の内面の全体に設けられてもよいし、第1シート部材S1の内面に螺旋状、直線状、又はドット状等、任意の態様で設けられてもよい。第2接合部P2としては、例えば糊、接着剤、又は接着テープ等の任意の接合手段が採用され得る。 Furthermore, as shown in FIG. 4, the flavor-generating article 110 preferably has a second joint P2 that joins the outer surface of the first portion 112a to the first sheet member S1. In this case, the positional relationship between the first portion 112a and the first sheet member S1 can be fixed. The second joint P2 may be provided on the entire inner surface of the first sheet member S1, or may be provided in any pattern on the inner surface of the first sheet member S1, such as a spiral, linear, or dot pattern. Any joining means, such as glue, adhesive, or adhesive tape, may be used as the second joint P2.
図4に示すように、香味発生物品110の先端プラグ112は、第2部分112bの外側に配置された第2シート部材を有している。図4に示す実施形態では、第1インナプラグラップ212が第2シート部材として機能する。これに限らず、第1インナプラグラップ212でなく、アウタプラグラップ280が第2部分112bの外側に配置された第2シート部材として機能してもよい。また、チップペーパ270を先端プラグ112の外側を巻くように延長して、チップペーパ270が第2シート部材として機能してもよい。第2シート部材により、第2部分112bを保護することができる。また、第2シート部材(ここでは、第1インナプラグラップ212)は、気体透過性が低い。例えば、第2シート部材の通気度は、100コレスタ(CORESTA)単位以下であってもよい。 As shown in FIG. 4, the tip plug 112 of the flavor-generating article 110 has a second sheet member arranged on the outside of the second portion 112b. In the embodiment shown in FIG. 4, the first inner plug wrap 212 functions as the second sheet member. However, this is not a limitation, and the outer plug wrap 280, rather than the first inner plug wrap 212, may function as the second sheet member arranged on the outside of the second portion 112b. Furthermore, the tipping paper 270 may be extended to wrap around the outside of the tip plug 112, and function as the second sheet member. The second sheet member can protect the second portion 112b. Furthermore, the second sheet member (here, the first inner plug wrap 212) has low gas permeability. For example, the air permeability of the second sheet member may be 100 CORESTA units or less.
また、香味発生物品110は、第2シート部材を有する場合、第2部分112bの外面と第2シート部材とを接合する第3接合部P3を有することが好ましい。図4に示す例では、第2部分112bの外面と、第1インナプラグラップ212の内面とがP3によって接合される。この場合、第2部分112bと第2シート部材との位置関係を固定することができる。第3接合部P3は、第2シート部材の内面の全体に設けられてもよいし、第2シート部材の内面に螺旋状、直線状、又はドット状等、任意の態様で設けられてもよい。第3接合部P3としては、例えば糊、接着剤、又は接着テープ等の任意の接合手段が採用され得る。 Furthermore, when the flavor-generating article 110 has a second sheet member, it preferably has a third joint P3 that joins the outer surface of the second portion 112b to the second sheet member. In the example shown in FIG. 4, the outer surface of the second portion 112b and the inner surface of the first inner plug wrap 212 are joined by P3. In this case, the positional relationship between the second portion 112b and the second sheet member can be fixed. The third joint P3 may be provided on the entire inner surface of the second sheet member, or may be provided in any pattern on the inner surface of the second sheet member, such as a spiral, linear, or dot pattern. Any joining means, such as glue, adhesive, or adhesive tape, may be used as the third joint P3.
図2から図4に示す実施形態では、アウタプラグラップ280が、先端プラグ112及び香味発生部220の全体と、中空管部132の一部とを被覆するように巻いている。このため、図4に示すように、香味発生物品110は、第1インナプラグラップ212(第2シート部材)の外面とアウタプラグラップ280とを接合する第4接合部P4を有することが好ましい。この場合、第1インナプラグラップ212とアウタプラグラップ280との位置関係を固定することができる。第4接合部P4は、アウタプラグラップ280の外面の全体に設けられてもよいし、アウタプラグラップ280の外面に螺旋状、直線状、又はドット状等、任意の態様で設けられてもよい。第4接合部P4としては、例えば糊、接着剤、又は接着テープ等の任意の接合手段が採用され得る。 2 to 4, the outer plug wrap 280 is wrapped around the tip plug 112 and the entire flavor generating section 220, as well as a portion of the hollow tube section 132. Therefore, as shown in FIG. 4, the flavor generating article 110 preferably has a fourth joint P4 that joins the outer surface of the first inner plug wrap 212 (second sheet member) to the outer plug wrap 280. In this case, the positional relationship between the first inner plug wrap 212 and the outer plug wrap 280 can be fixed. The fourth joint P4 may be provided over the entire outer surface of the outer plug wrap 280, or may be provided in any pattern on the outer surface of the outer plug wrap 280, such as a spiral, linear, or dot pattern. Any joining means, such as glue, adhesive, or adhesive tape, may be used as the fourth joint P4.
図3(a)に示すように、香味発生部220は、第1部分112aを通過した空気が流入する第1香味源221aと、第2部分112bを通過した空気が流入する第2香味源221bと、を有することが好ましい。即ち、香味源221は、第1香味源221aと第2香味源221bを含むことが好ましい。この場合、例えば、喫煙セッションの前期では、第1香味源221a及び第2香味源221bの一方に優先的に空気を通過させ、喫煙セッションの後期では先端プラグ112の吸引抵抗の変化により、第1香味源221a及び第2香味源221bの他方に優先的に空気を通過させることができる。 As shown in FIG. 3(a), the flavor generating unit 220 preferably has a first flavor source 221a into which air that has passed through the first portion 112a flows, and a second flavor source 221b into which air that has passed through the second portion 112b flows. That is, the flavor source 221 preferably includes the first flavor source 221a and the second flavor source 221b. In this case, for example, in the early stage of a smoking session, air can be made to pass preferentially through one of the first flavor source 221a and the second flavor source 221b, and in the later stage of the smoking session, air can be made to pass preferentially through the other of the first flavor source 221a and the second flavor source 221b due to changes in the suction resistance of the tip plug 112.
具体的には、図3に示す例のように先端プラグ112が加熱される前の状態において、第2部分112bの吸引抵抗が第1部分112aの吸引抵抗よりも低い場合、第2部分112bを通過して第2香味源221bに優先的に空気が流れる。このため、図3に示す香味発生物品110が図1に示した香味吸引器120により、外側から加熱される場合、喫煙セッションの前期では、第2香味源221bが第1香味源221aより早く加熱されて第2香味源221bから比較的多くの蒸気又はエアロゾルが生成される。したがって、喫煙セッションの前期には吸引抵抗の低い第2部分112b及び第2香味源221bに優先的に空気が流れることにより効率的に蒸気又はエアロゾルがデリバリされる。他方、喫煙セッションの後期では、第2香味源221bに含まれる香味又はエアロゾル源は減少し、第1香味源221aが十分な温度に加熱されて第1香味源221aから比較的多くの蒸気又はエアロゾルが生成される。したがって、喫煙セッションの後期には、加熱による第2部分112bの収縮に伴い、第1シート部材S1及び第1インナプラグラップ212の少なくとも一方が変形することで、第2部分112bの吸引抵抗を増加させて、第1部分112a及び第1香味源221aに優先的に空気を流すことにより効率的に蒸気又はエアロゾルがデリバリされる。 Specifically, as in the example shown in FIG. 3, before the tip plug 112 is heated, if the inhalation resistance of the second portion 112b is lower than the inhalation resistance of the first portion 112a, air will flow preferentially through the second portion 112b to the second flavor source 221b. Therefore, when the flavor-generating article 110 shown in FIG. 3 is heated from the outside by the flavor inhaler 120 shown in FIG. 1, in the early stage of a smoking session, the second flavor source 221b will be heated faster than the first flavor source 221a, and a relatively large amount of vapor or aerosol will be generated from the second flavor source 221b. Therefore, in the early stage of a smoking session, air will flow preferentially to the second portion 112b and second flavor source 221b, which have lower inhalation resistance, thereby efficiently delivering vapor or aerosol. On the other hand, in the latter part of the smoking session, the amount of flavor or aerosol contained in the second flavor source 221b decreases, and the first flavor source 221a is heated to a sufficient temperature to generate a relatively large amount of vapor or aerosol from the first flavor source 221a. Therefore, in the latter part of the smoking session, as the second portion 112b shrinks due to heating, at least one of the first sheet member S1 and the first inner plug wrap 212 deforms, increasing the resistance to suction of the second portion 112b and allowing air to flow preferentially through the first portion 112a and the first flavor source 221a, thereby efficiently delivering vapor or aerosol.
図3(a)に示すように、香味発生物品110(香味源221)は、第1香味源221aと第2香味源221bとを区画するセパレータ221cを有してもよい。この場合、第1香味源221a及び第2香味源221bの一方に流入した空気が第1香味源221a及び第2香味源221bの他方に流出することを抑制できるので、所望の香味源221に空気を通過させることができる。なお、図3(a)に示す例では、略筒状のセパレータ221cにより、柱状の第1香味源221aと、第1香味源221aを取り囲むように配置される筒状の第2香味源221bとが区画されている。セパレータ221cは、グラシン紙等の紙であってもよい。また、セパレータ221cの通気度は、100コレスタ(CORESTA)単位以下であってもよい。 As shown in FIG. 3(a), the flavor-generating article 110 (flavor source 221) may have a separator 221c that separates the first flavor source 221a from the second flavor source 221b. In this case, air that has flowed into one of the first flavor source 221a and the second flavor source 221b can be prevented from flowing out to the other of the first flavor source 221a and the second flavor source 221b, allowing air to pass through the desired flavor source 221. In the example shown in FIG. 3(a), the substantially cylindrical separator 221c separates the columnar first flavor source 221a from the cylindrical second flavor source 221b that is arranged to surround the first flavor source 221a. The separator 221c may be made of paper such as glassine paper. The air permeability of the separator 221c may be 100 CORESTA units or less.
香味発生物品110において、喫煙セッションの前期における第2部分112bの吸引抵抗及び第2香味源221bの吸引抵抗の合計と、喫煙セッションの後期における第1部分112aの吸引抵抗及び第1香味源221aの吸引抵抗の合計とが、実質的に等しいことが好ましい。ここで、「実質的に等しい」とは、喫煙セッションの前期の吸引抵抗の誤差±10%の範囲内に喫煙セッションの後期の通気抵抗が含まれていることを意味する。この場合、喫煙セッションの前期に第2部分112bに優先的に空気が流入し、喫煙セッションの後期に第1部分112aに優先的に空気が流入するとき(具体的には、先端プラグ112が加熱される前の状態において、第2部分112bの吸引抵抗が第1部分112aの吸引抵抗よりも低く、加熱により第2部分112bの吸引抵抗が第1部分112aの吸引抵抗よりも高くなるとき)に、喫煙セッション全体を通じてユーザが感じる吸引抵抗に変化が生じることを抑制できる。 In the flavor-generating article 110, it is preferable that the sum of the inhalation resistance of the second portion 112b and the inhalation resistance of the second flavor source 221b in the early part of a smoking session is substantially equal to the sum of the inhalation resistance of the first portion 112a and the inhalation resistance of the first flavor source 221a in the later part of a smoking session. Here, "substantially equal" means that the airflow resistance in the later part of a smoking session is included within an error range of ±10% for the inhalation resistance in the early part of a smoking session. In this case, when air preferentially flows into the second portion 112b in the early part of a smoking session and preferentially flows into the first portion 112a in the later part of a smoking session (specifically, when the inhalation resistance of the second portion 112b is lower than the inhalation resistance of the first portion 112a before the tip plug 112 is heated, and when heating causes the inhalation resistance of the second portion 112b to become higher than the inhalation resistance of the first portion 112a), changes in the inhalation resistance felt by the user throughout the entire smoking session can be suppressed.
図5及び図6は、第2部分112bが収縮した状態の先端プラグ112の一例の詳細断面図である。図5及び図6に示すように、第2部分112bは、上流部分A1と、上流部分A1よりも下流に位置する下流部分A2とを有する。ここで、図5及び図6に示すように、喫煙セッションの後期において、下流部分A2の熱収縮量は、上流部分A1の熱収縮量より大きいことが好ましい。この場合、喫煙セッションの後期において第2部分112bの上流部分A1が下流部分A2よりも熱収縮しないので、図2から図4に示した例のように先端プラグ112(の上流端)が露出される場合において、喫煙後の先端プラグ112の外観の変化を抑制することができる。なお、第2部分112bの上流部分A1は熱収縮してもよいし、実質的に熱収縮しなくてもよい。喫煙セッションの前期における下流部分A2での第2部分112bの長手方向に直交する方向の大きさに対する、喫煙セッションの後期における下流部分A2での第2部分112bの長手方向に直交する方向の大きさの比は0.4以上0.7以下であることが好ましい。上記比が0.7超の場合、即ち喫煙セッションの後期での収縮の程度が小さい場合、収縮により生じる吸引抵抗の変化による効果が得にくい。また、上記比が0.4未満の場合、即ち喫煙セッションの後期での収縮の程度が大きい場合、先端プラグ112の外観が大きく変化し得る。 5 and 6 are detailed cross-sectional views of an example of the tip plug 112 in a state in which the second portion 112b has contracted. As shown in FIGS. 5 and 6, the second portion 112b has an upstream portion A1 and a downstream portion A2 located downstream of the upstream portion A1. Here, as shown in FIGS. 5 and 6, it is preferable that the amount of thermal contraction of the downstream portion A2 is greater than the amount of thermal contraction of the upstream portion A1 in the latter part of the smoking session. In this case, since the upstream portion A1 of the second portion 112b does not thermally contract more than the downstream portion A2 in the latter part of the smoking session, changes in the appearance of the tip plug 112 after smoking can be suppressed when the tip plug 112 (upstream end) is exposed, as in the examples shown in FIGS. 2 to 4. Note that the upstream portion A1 of the second portion 112b may or may not substantially contract. The ratio of the size of the second portion 112b in the downstream portion A2 in the direction perpendicular to the longitudinal direction in the early part of a smoking session to the size of the second portion 112b in the downstream portion A2 in the direction perpendicular to the longitudinal direction in the later part of a smoking session is preferably 0.4 or greater and 0.7 or less. If this ratio exceeds 0.7, i.e., if the degree of contraction in the later part of a smoking session is small, it is difficult to obtain the effect of the change in drawing resistance caused by contraction. Furthermore, if this ratio is less than 0.4, i.e., if the degree of contraction in the later part of a smoking session is large, the appearance of the tip plug 112 may change significantly.
第2部分112bは、径方向において内側又は外側の一方から他方に向かって熱収縮するように構成されることが好ましい。この場合、第2部分112bを通過する空気の流路面積が小さくなり、第2部分112bの吸引抵抗を増加させることができる。図5に示す例は、第2部分112b(特に下流部分A2)は、径方向において内側から外側に向かって熱収縮した状態を示している。図5に示す例では、第1シート部材S1は、加熱による第2部分112bの収縮に伴い、径方向において内側から外側に向かって変形している。この場合、第1シート部材S1は気体透過性が低く、この第1シート部材S1によって第2部分112bを通過する空気の流路面積が小さくなり、第2部分112bの吸引抵抗を増加させることができる。第2部分112bの収縮に伴い第1シート部材S1が変形するために、例えば、第1部分112aと第1シート部材S1との第2接合部P2による接合は、第2部分112bと第1シート部材S1との第1接合部P1による接合に比べて弱い。具体的には例えば、第2接合部P2が第1接合部P1に比べて、耐熱性が低くてもよいし、塗布量が少なくてもよい。これにより、第2部分112bの熱収縮に伴い、第1接合部P1及び第1シート部材S1が径方向外側に変形する。また、図5に示す例では、第2部分112bと第1インナプラグラップ212とは第3接合部P3によって接合されているため、加熱により第2接合部P2による第1部分112aと第1シート部材S1との接合が弱まったとしても、第2部分112b及び第1シート部材S1が香味発生物品110から脱落することを抑制することができる。 The second portion 112b is preferably configured to thermally shrink radially from either the inside or the outside. In this case, the flow path area of the air passing through the second portion 112b is reduced, thereby increasing the suction resistance of the second portion 112b. The example shown in Figure 5 shows the second portion 112b (particularly the downstream portion A2) in a state where it has thermally shrunk radially from the inside to the outside. In the example shown in Figure 5, the first sheet member S1 is deformed radially from the inside to the outside as the second portion 112b shrinks due to heating. In this case, the first sheet member S1 has low gas permeability, and this first sheet member S1 reduces the flow path area of the air passing through the second portion 112b, thereby increasing the suction resistance of the second portion 112b. Because the first sheet member S1 deforms as the second portion 112b shrinks, for example, the bond between the first portion 112a and the first sheet member S1 at the second joint P2 is weaker than the bond between the second portion 112b and the first sheet member S1 at the first joint P1. Specifically, for example, the second joint P2 may have lower heat resistance or may be applied in a smaller amount than the first joint P1. As a result, the first joint P1 and the first sheet member S1 deform radially outward as the second portion 112b thermally shrinks. In the example shown in FIG. 5 , the second portion 112b and the first inner plug wrap 212 are joined at the third joint P3. Therefore, even if the bond between the first portion 112a and the first sheet member S1 at the second joint P2 weakens due to heating, the second portion 112b and the first sheet member S1 can be prevented from falling off the flavor-generating article 110.
また、第1インナプラグラップ212(第2シート部材)の密度又は坪量は、第1シート部材S1の密度又は坪量よりも大きくてもよい。この場合、第1インナプラグラップ212より第1シート部材S1が変形しやすいので、第2部分112bが第1シート部材S1と第1インナプラグラップ212の両方と接合する場合において、第2部分112bの熱収縮に伴い、第1シート部材S1を第1シート部材S1から第1インナプラグラップ212に向けて、即ち内側から外側に向けて変形させることができる。これにより、外側に位置する第1インナプラグラップ212が変形することが抑制され、喫煙後の香味発生物品110の外観の変化を抑制することができる。 Furthermore, the density or basis weight of the first inner plug wrap 212 (second sheet member) may be greater than the density or basis weight of the first sheet member S1. In this case, since the first sheet member S1 is more easily deformed than the first inner plug wrap 212, when the second portion 112b is bonded to both the first sheet member S1 and the first inner plug wrap 212, the first sheet member S1 can be deformed from the first sheet member S1 toward the first inner plug wrap 212, i.e., from the inside to the outside, as the second portion 112b thermally shrinks. This prevents deformation of the first inner plug wrap 212, which is located on the outside, and reduces changes in the appearance of the flavor-generating article 110 after smoking.
先端プラグ112の下流側、具体的には第1部分112aと第1シート部材S1の下流側に、第2接合部P2を設けなくてもよい。この場合、第2部分112bの熱収縮する部分に対応する長手方向位置に第2接合部P2が設けられないので、第2部分112bの熱収縮を促進することができる。他方、先端プラグ112の上流側、即ち第1部分112aと第1シート部材S1の上流側に第2接合部P2を設けることで、第1部分112a及び第1シート部材S1が香味発生物品110から脱落することを抑制できる。 The second joint P2 does not have to be provided downstream of the tip plug 112, specifically downstream of the first portion 112a and the first sheet member S1. In this case, the second joint P2 is not provided at a longitudinal position corresponding to the portion of the second portion 112b that will thermally shrink, thereby promoting thermal shrinkage of the second portion 112b. On the other hand, by providing the second joint P2 upstream of the tip plug 112, i.e., upstream of the first portion 112a and the first sheet member S1, it is possible to prevent the first portion 112a and the first sheet member S1 from falling off the flavor-generating article 110.
図6に示す例は、第2部分112b(特に下流部分A2)は、径方向において外側から内側に向かって熱収縮した状態を示している。図6に示す例では、第1インナプラグラップ212は、加熱による第2部分112bの収縮に伴い、径方向において外側から内側に向かって変形している。この場合、第1インナプラグラップ212は気体透過性が低く、この第1インナプラグラップ212によって第2部分112bを通過する空気の流路面積が小さくなり、第2部分112bの吸引抵抗を増加させることができる。第2部分112bの収縮に伴い第1インナプラグラップ212が変形するために、例えば、アウタプラグラップ280と第1インナプラグラップ212との第4接合部P4による接合は、第2部分112bと第1インナプラグラップ212との第3接合部P3による接合に比べて弱い。具体的には例えば、第4接合部P4が第3接合部P3に比べて、耐熱性が低くてもよいし、塗布量が少なくてもよい。なお、図6に示す例では、第2部分112bと第1シート部材S1とが第1接合部P1によって接合されているため、加熱により第4接合部P4によるアウタプラグラップ280と第1インナプラグラップ212との接合が弱まったとしても、第2部分112b及び第1インナプラグラップ212が香味発生物品110から脱落することを抑制することができる。 6 shows the second portion 112b (particularly the downstream portion A2) in a state where it has been thermally shrunk radially from the outside to the inside. In the example shown in FIG. 6, the first inner plug wrap 212 is deformed radially from the outside to the inside due to the shrinkage of the second portion 112b caused by heating. In this case, the first inner plug wrap 212 has low gas permeability, which reduces the flow path area of air passing through the second portion 112b, thereby increasing the suction resistance of the second portion 112b. Because the first inner plug wrap 212 is deformed due to the shrinkage of the second portion 112b, for example, the bond between the outer plug wrap 280 and the first inner plug wrap 212 at the fourth joint P4 is weaker than the bond between the second portion 112b and the first inner plug wrap 212 at the third joint P3. Specifically, for example, the fourth joint P4 may have lower heat resistance or may be applied in a smaller amount than the third joint P3. In the example shown in FIG. 6, the second portion 112b and the first sheet member S1 are joined by the first joint P1. Therefore, even if the bond between the outer plug wrap 280 and the first inner plug wrap 212 by the fourth joint P4 is weakened by heating, the second portion 112b and the first inner plug wrap 212 can be prevented from falling off the flavor-generating article 110.
また、第1インナプラグラップ212(第2シート部材)の密度又は坪量は、第1シート部材S1の密度又は坪量よりも小さくてもよい。この場合、第1シート部材S1より第1インナプラグラップ212が変形しやすいので、第2部分112bが第1シート部材S1と第1インナプラグラップ212の両方と接合する場合において、第2部分112bの熱収縮に伴い、第1インナプラグラップ212を第1インナプラグラップ212から第1シート部材S1に向けて、即ち外側から内側に向けて変形させることができる。 Furthermore, the density or basis weight of the first inner plug wrap 212 (second sheet member) may be smaller than the density or basis weight of the first sheet member S1. In this case, since the first inner plug wrap 212 is more easily deformed than the first sheet member S1, when the second portion 112b is bonded to both the first sheet member S1 and the first inner plug wrap 212, the first inner plug wrap 212 can be deformed from the first inner plug wrap 212 toward the first sheet member S1, i.e., from the outside to the inside, as the second portion 112b thermally shrinks.
なお、図5に示す例では、加熱による第2部分112bの収縮に伴い、第1シート部材S1が変形し、図6に示す例では、加熱による第2部分112bの収縮に伴い、第1インナプラグラップ212が変形する形態を説明したが、特にこれに限定されず、第2部分112bの収縮に伴い、第1シート部材S1及び第1インナプラグラップ212の両方が変形してもよい。これにより、第2部分112bを通過する空気の流路面積を大きく変化させることができ、第2部分112bにおける吸引抵抗の変化が生じやすくすることができる。他方、図5及び図6に示したように、第1シート部材S1及び第1インナプラグラップ212の一方のみが変形し、他方は変形しない場合、第1シート部材S1と第1部分112aとの接合、又は第1インナプラグラップ212とアウタプラグラップ280との接合が維持され、先端プラグ112が香味発生物品110から脱落することを抑制できる。 5 illustrates an example in which the first sheet member S1 deforms as the second portion 112b shrinks due to heating, and the example in FIG. 6 illustrates an example in which the first inner plug wrap 212 deforms as the second portion 112b shrinks due to heating. However, this is not particularly limited, and both the first sheet member S1 and the first inner plug wrap 212 may deform as the second portion 112b shrinks. This allows for a significant change in the flow path area of air passing through the second portion 112b, making it easier for the suction resistance in the second portion 112b to change. On the other hand, as shown in FIGS. 5 and 6, if only one of the first sheet member S1 and the first inner plug wrap 212 deforms and the other does not, the bond between the first sheet member S1 and the first portion 112a or the bond between the first inner plug wrap 212 and the outer plug wrap 280 is maintained, and the tip plug 112 can be prevented from falling off the flavor-generating article 110.
以上で説明したように、本実施形態で、先端プラグ112の第2部分112bが加熱により収縮し、第2部分112bの収縮に伴い、第1シート部材S1及び第1インナプラグラップ212の少なくとも一方が変形することで、第2部分112bの吸引抵抗が変化し、先端プラグ112の内側(第1部分112a)と外側(第2部分112b)の吸引抵抗のバランスが変化する。この結果、喫煙セッションの後期における先端プラグ112の全体としての吸引抵抗が、喫煙セッションの前期における先端プラグ112の全体としての吸引抵抗と異なっていてもよい。また、図2に関連して説明したように、香味発生物品110は、香味発生部220の下流側に位置する下流部130を備えており、下流部130は、開孔vfを有している。具体的には、下流部130は、フィルタプラグ250と、香味発生部220とフィルタプラグ250との間に筒状に形成された中空管部132と、を有し、開孔vfは中空管部132に位置している。この場合、喫煙セッションの前期における先端プラグ112からの空気流入量と開孔vfからの空気流入量との比と、喫煙セッションの後期における先端プラグ112からの空気流入量と開孔vfからの空気流入量との比とが異なっていてもよい。これにより、喫煙セッションの前期と後期でのエアロゾルの希釈率を調整することができ、喫煙セッションを通じた香味バランスの調整をすることができる。具体的には、喫煙セッションの後期における開孔vfからの空気流入量は、喫煙セッションの前期における開孔vfからの空気流入量よりも増加してもよい。これにより、開孔vfからの空気流入量に比べて、香味発生物品110の先端からの空気流入量が減少するので、喫煙セッションの後期におけるパフによる香味成分のデリバリ量を減少させることができる。 As described above, in this embodiment, the second portion 112b of the tip plug 112 shrinks when heated, and as the second portion 112b shrinks, at least one of the first sheet member S1 and the first inner plug wrap 212 deforms, changing the suction resistance of the second portion 112b and changing the balance of the suction resistance between the inside (first portion 112a) and outside (second portion 112b) of the tip plug 112. As a result, the overall suction resistance of the tip plug 112 in the latter part of a smoking session may be different from the overall suction resistance of the tip plug 112 in the earlier part of a smoking session. Furthermore, as described in relation to Figure 2, the flavor-generating article 110 has a downstream portion 130 located downstream of the flavor-generating section 220, and the downstream portion 130 has an opening vf. Specifically, the downstream section 130 includes a filter plug 250 and a hollow tube section 132 formed in a cylindrical shape between the flavor generating section 220 and the filter plug 250, with the aperture vf located in the hollow tube section 132. In this case, the ratio of the amount of air inflow from the tip plug 112 to the amount of air inflow from the aperture vf during the early part of a smoking session may be different from the ratio of the amount of air inflow from the tip plug 112 to the amount of air inflow from the aperture vf during the later part of a smoking session. This allows the aerosol dilution rate to be adjusted between the early and later parts of a smoking session, thereby adjusting the flavor balance throughout the smoking session. Specifically, the amount of air inflow from the aperture vf during the later part of a smoking session may be greater than the amount of air inflow from the aperture vf during the early part of the smoking session. This reduces the amount of air inflow from the tip of the flavor generating article 110 compared to the amount of air inflow from the aperture vf, thereby reducing the amount of flavor component delivered by puffs during the later part of a smoking session.
また、以上で説明した実施形態において、先端プラグ112の第1部分112aと第2部分112bとにそれぞれ異なる香料を添加してもよい。この場合、先端プラグ112の加熱によって先端プラグ112の内側(第1部分112a)と外側(第2部分112b)の吸引抵抗のバランスが変化することにより、喫煙セッションの前期と後期とで、ユーザにデリバリされる味又は香りを変化させることができる。或いは、先端プラグ112の第1部分112aと第2部分112bとに同一の香料を添加し、それぞれの香料の量を異ならせてもよい。この場合、先端プラグ112の加熱によって先端プラグ112の内側(第1部分112a)と外側(第2部分112b)の吸引抵抗のバランスが変化することにより、喫煙セッションの前期と後期とで、ユーザにデリバリされる、味又は香りの強度を変化させることができる。 Furthermore, in the embodiment described above, different flavorings may be added to the first portion 112a and the second portion 112b of the tip plug 112. In this case, heating the tip plug 112 changes the balance of the suction resistance between the inside (first portion 112a) and outside (second portion 112b) of the tip plug 112, thereby changing the taste or aroma delivered to the user between the early and late stages of a smoking session. Alternatively, the same flavoring may be added to the first portion 112a and the second portion 112b of the tip plug 112, but in different amounts. In this case, heating the tip plug 112 changes the balance of the suction resistance between the inside (first portion 112a) and outside (second portion 112b) of the tip plug 112, thereby changing the intensity of the taste or aroma delivered to the user between the early and late stages of a smoking session.
図7は、他の実施形態に係る香味発生物品110の概略断面図である。具体的には図7(a)は、他の実施形態に係る香味発生物品110の概略側断面図である。図7(b)は、図8(a)における矢視b-bにおける断面図である。図8に示す香味発生物品110は、図4に示した香味発生物品110と比べて、先端プラグ112が、その側面に外部から内部に空気を流入する通気孔113を有する点が異なる。具体的には、第1インナプラグラップ212には、外部と第2部分112bとを連通する通気孔113が設けられていてもよい。 Figure 7 is a schematic cross-sectional view of a flavor generating article 110 according to another embodiment. Specifically, Figure 7(a) is a schematic side cross-sectional view of a flavor generating article 110 according to another embodiment. Figure 7(b) is a cross-sectional view taken along the arrows b-b in Figure 8(a). The flavor generating article 110 shown in Figure 8 differs from the flavor generating article 110 shown in Figure 4 in that the tip plug 112 has a vent hole 113 on its side that allows air to flow from the outside to the inside. Specifically, the first inner plug wrap 212 may be provided with a vent hole 113 that connects the outside with the second portion 112b.
また、図示のように香味発生物品110において、アウタプラグラップ280が先端プラグ112を巻装している態様である場合、アウタプラグラップ280には、先端プラグ112に設けられた通気孔113に対応する位置(通気孔113の直上の位置)に通気孔280aが設けられていることが好ましい。この場合、通気孔113からも先端プラグ112の内部(具体的には、第2部分112b)に空気が流入できるため、第1部分112aと第2部分112bとの吸引抵抗のバランスの調整が容易となる。 Furthermore, in the flavor-generating article 110 as shown in the figure, when the outer plug wrap 280 is configured to wrap around the tip plug 112, it is preferable that the outer plug wrap 280 be provided with an air vent 280a at a position corresponding to the air vent 113 provided in the tip plug 112 (directly above the air vent 113). In this case, air can also flow into the interior of the tip plug 112 (specifically, the second portion 112b) through the air vent 113, making it easier to adjust the balance of suction resistance between the first portion 112a and the second portion 112b.
先端プラグ112が通気孔113を有さず、且つ、例えば第1部分112aと第2部分112bとを香味発生物品110の長手方向において同一の長さで形成する場合、第1部分112aと第2部分112bとを構成する材料等を調整することで第1部分112aと第2部分112bとの吸引抵抗のバランスの調整を行う必要がある。これに対し、先端プラグ112が通気孔113を有する場合においては、通気孔113の数、径、通気孔113を設ける位置などを調整することによって容易に第2部分112bの吸引抵抗の調整が可能となる。このように先端プラグ112に通気孔113を設けることにより、第1部分112aの通気抵抗が第2部分112bの通気抵抗よりも高い状態を容易に設定することができる。 If the tip plug 112 does not have an air vent 113 and, for example, the first portion 112a and the second portion 112b are formed to have the same length in the longitudinal direction of the flavor-generating article 110, it is necessary to adjust the balance of the suction resistance between the first portion 112a and the second portion 112b by adjusting the materials that make up the first portion 112a and the second portion 112b. In contrast, if the tip plug 112 has an air vent 113, the suction resistance of the second portion 112b can be easily adjusted by adjusting the number, diameter, and position of the air vents 113. By providing the air vent 113 in the tip plug 112 in this way, it is easy to set a state in which the air resistance of the first portion 112a is higher than the air resistance of the second portion 112b.
先端プラグ112が通気孔113を有する場合、喫煙セッションの後期に第1シート部材S1及び第2シート部材の少なくとも一方が、第2部分112bの収縮に伴い変形した後においても通気孔113から空気が流入し、第2部分112bの吸引抵抗が変化し難い場合がある。そのため、例えば、通気孔113周辺に糊を配置し、喫煙セッションの後期には温度上昇により糊が溶けて通気孔113が塞がれるようにすることが好ましい。これにより、通気孔113から流入する空気が原因で第1部分112aと第2部分112bとの吸引抵抗が適切にバランスできなくなることを抑制できる。 If the tip plug 112 has an air vent 113, air may flow in through the air vent 113 even after at least one of the first sheet member S1 and the second sheet member deforms due to contraction of the second portion 112b in the latter part of the smoking session, making it difficult for the suction resistance of the second portion 112b to change. For this reason, it is preferable to, for example, place glue around the air vent 113 so that the glue melts due to a rise in temperature in the latter part of the smoking session, blocking the air vent 113. This prevents the suction resistance between the first portion 112a and the second portion 112b from becoming imbalanced due to air flowing in through the air vent 113.
以上に本発明の実施形態を説明したが、本発明は上記実施形態に限定されるものではなく、特許請求の範囲、及び明細書と図面に記載された技術的思想の範囲内において種々の変形が可能である。なお直接明細書及び図面に記載のない何れの形状や材質であっても、本願発明の作用・効果を奏する以上、本願発明の技術的思想の範囲内である。 Although the above describes an embodiment of the present invention, the present invention is not limited to the above embodiment, and various modifications are possible within the scope of the claims and the technical concept described in the specification and drawings. Furthermore, any shape or material not directly described in the specification or drawings is within the scope of the technical concept of the present invention as long as it achieves the functions and effects of the present invention.
以下に本明細書が開示する態様のいくつかを記載しておく。
(1)
香味発生部と、
前記香味発生部の上流側に配置された上流部と、を備え、
前記上流部は、第1部分と、第2部分と、を有し、
前記香味発生部及び前記上流部が隣接する方向と直交する断面において、前記第1部分と前記第2部分は隣接して配置され、
香味発生物品が加熱部材によって加熱されるとき、前記第2部分は、前記第1部分より前記加熱部材の近くに配置され、
前記上流部は、前記第1部分と前記第2部分の間に配置された第1シート部材、及び前記第2部分の外側に配置された第2シート部材を有し、
前記第2部分は、加熱により収縮するように構成され、
前記第1シート部材及び前記第2シート部材の少なくとも一方は、前記第2部分の収縮に伴い変形するように構成される、香味発生物品。
(2)
(1)に記載された香味発生物品において、
前記香味発生部及び前記上流部が隣接する方向と直交する断面において、前記第2部分は、前記第1部分を囲むように配置される、香味発生物品。
(3)
(1)又は(2)に記載された香味発生物品において、
前記第2部分は、セルロースアセテートを含む、香味発生物品。
(4)
(1)から(3)のいずれかに記載された香味発生物品において、
前記第2部分は、可塑剤を含む、香味発生物品。
(5)
(4)に記載された香味発生物品において、
前記第2部分に対する前記可塑剤の含有量は、6重量%以上9重量%以下である、香味発生物品。
(6)
(1)から(5)のいずれかに記載された香味発生物品において、
前記第2部分は、上流部分と、前記上流部分より下流に位置する下流部分と、を有し、
喫煙セッションの後期において、前記下流部分の熱収縮量は、前記上流部分の熱収縮量より大きい、香味発生物品。
(7)
(1)から(6)のいずれかに記載された香味発生物品において、
前記第1シート部材及び前記第2シート部材の一方は、前記第2部分の収縮に伴い変形する、香味発生物品。
(8)
(1)から(7)のいずれかに記載された香味発生物品において、
喫煙セッションの前期において、前記第2部分の吸引抵抗は、前記第1部分の吸引抵抗よりも小さく、喫煙セッションの後期において、前記第2部分の吸引抵抗は、前記第1部分の吸引抵抗より大きい、香味発生物品。
(9)
(1)から(8)のいずれかに記載された香味発生物品において、
喫煙セッションの前期における前記第2部分の吸引抵抗は、喫煙セッションの後期における前記第2部分の吸引抵抗よりも小さい、香味発生物品。
(10)
(1)から(9)のいずれかに記載された香味発生物品において、
前記香味発生部は、前記第1部分を通過した空気が流入する第1香味源と、前記第2部分を通過した空気が流入する第2香味源と、前記第1香味源と前記第2香味源とを区画するセパレータと、を有する、香味発生物品。
(11)
(1)から(10)のいずれかに記載された香味発生物品において、
前記香味発生部の下流側に位置する下流部を備え、
前記下流部は、外部から内部に空気を流入する開孔を有する、香味発生物品。
(12)
(11)に記載された香味発生物品において、
前記下流部は、
フィルタ部と、
前記香味発生部と前記フィルタ部との間に筒状に形成された中空管部と、を有し、
前記開孔は前記中空管部に位置する、香味発生物品。
(13)
(11)又は(12)に記載された香味発生物品において、
喫煙セッションの前期における前記上流部からの空気流入量と前記開孔からの空気流入量との比は、喫煙セッションの後期における当該上流部からの空気流入量と当該開孔からの空気流入量との比と異なる、香味発生物品。
(14)
(13)に記載された香味発生物品において、
喫煙セッションの後期における前記開孔からの空気流入量は、喫煙セッションの前期における当該開孔からの空気流入量よりも増加する、香味発生物品。
(15)
(1)から(14)のいずれかに記載された香味発生物品において、
前記上流部は、その側面に外部から内部に空気を流入する通気孔を有する、香味発生物品。
Some aspects of the present disclosure are described below.
(1)
A flavor generating unit;
an upstream section disposed upstream of the flavor generating section,
the upstream portion has a first portion and a second portion;
the first portion and the second portion are disposed adjacent to each other in a cross section perpendicular to a direction in which the flavor generating portion and the upstream portion are adjacent to each other,
when the flavor-generating article is heated by a heating element, the second portion is positioned closer to the heating element than the first portion;
the upstream portion includes a first sheet member disposed between the first portion and the second portion, and a second sheet member disposed outside the second portion;
the second portion is configured to shrink upon heating;
At least one of the first sheet member and the second sheet member is configured to deform as the second portion contracts.
(2)
In the flavor-generating article described in (1),
The flavor-generating article, wherein the second portion is disposed so as to surround the first portion in a cross section perpendicular to the direction in which the flavor-generating portion and the upstream portion are adjacent to each other.
(3)
In the flavor-generating article according to (1) or (2),
The flavor generating article, wherein the second portion comprises cellulose acetate.
(4)
In the flavor-generating article according to any one of (1) to (3),
The flavor generating article wherein the second portion comprises a plasticizer.
(5)
In the flavor-generating article described in (4),
A flavor-generating article, wherein the content of the plasticizer in the second portion is 6% by weight or more and 9% by weight or less.
(6)
In the flavor-generating article according to any one of (1) to (5),
the second portion has an upstream portion and a downstream portion located downstream from the upstream portion,
The flavor generating article wherein the amount of thermal shrinkage of the downstream portion is greater than the amount of thermal shrinkage of the upstream portion during a later period of a smoking session.
(7)
In the flavor-generating article according to any one of (1) to (6),
The flavor-generating article, wherein one of the first sheet member and the second sheet member deforms as the second portion contracts.
(8)
In the flavor-generating article according to any one of (1) to (7),
A flavor generating article, wherein the resistance to draw of the second portion is less than the resistance to draw of the first portion during an early stage of a smoking session, and the resistance to draw of the second portion is greater than the resistance to draw of the first portion during a later stage of a smoking session.
(9)
In the flavor-generating article according to any one of (1) to (8),
The flavor generating article wherein the resistance to draw of the second portion during an early portion of a smoking session is less than the resistance to draw of the second portion during a later portion of a smoking session.
(10)
In the flavor-generating article according to any one of (1) to (9),
The flavor generating section has a first flavor source into which air that has passed through the first part flows, a second flavor source into which air that has passed through the second part flows, and a separator that separates the first flavor source from the second flavor source.
(11)
In the flavor-generating article according to any one of (1) to (10),
a downstream section located downstream of the flavor generating section,
The downstream portion has an opening through which air flows from the outside to the inside of the flavor-generating article.
(12)
In the flavor-generating article described in (11),
The downstream portion is
A filter unit;
a hollow tube portion formed in a cylindrical shape between the flavor generating portion and the filter portion,
The flavor generating article, wherein the aperture is located in the hollow tube portion.
(13)
In the flavor-generating article according to (11) or (12),
A flavor-generating article in which the ratio of the amount of air inflow from the upstream portion to the amount of air inflow from the opening during the early part of a smoking session is different from the ratio of the amount of air inflow from the upstream portion to the amount of air inflow from the opening during the later part of a smoking session.
(14)
In the flavor-generating article according to (13),
The flavor generating article wherein the amount of air entering through the aperture during a later period of a smoking session is greater than the amount of air entering through the aperture during an earlier period of a smoking session.
(15)
In the flavor-generating article according to any one of (1) to (14),
The upstream portion has a vent hole on a side surface thereof for allowing air to flow from the outside to the inside of the flavor-generating article.
40 :加熱源
110 :香味発生物品
112 :先端プラグ
112a :第1部分
112b :第2部分
113 :通気孔
130 :下流部
132 :中空管部
212 :第1インナプラグラップ
220 :香味発生部
221 :香味源
221a :第1香味源
221b :第2香味源
221c :セパレータ
A1 :上流部分
A2 :下流部分
S1 :第1シート部材
vf :開孔
40: Heat source 110: Flavor-generating article 112: Tip plug 112a: First portion 112b: Second portion 113: Ventilation hole 130: Downstream portion 132: Hollow tube portion 212: First inner plug wrap 220: Flavor-generating portion 221: Flavor source 221a: First flavor source 221b: Second flavor source 221c: Separator A1: Upstream portion A2: Downstream portion S1: First sheet member vf: Opening
Claims (15)
前記香味発生部の上流側に配置された上流部と、を備え、
前記上流部は、第1部分と、第2部分と、を有し、
前記香味発生部及び前記上流部が隣接する方向と直交する断面において、前記第1部分と前記第2部分は隣接して配置され、
香味発生物品が加熱部材によって加熱されるとき、前記第2部分は、前記第1部分より前記加熱部材の近くに配置され、
前記上流部は、前記第1部分と前記第2部分の間に配置された第1シート部材、及び前記第2部分の外側に配置された第2シート部材を有し、
前記第2部分は、加熱により収縮するように構成され、
前記第1シート部材及び前記第2シート部材の少なくとも一方は、前記第2部分の収縮に伴い変形するように構成される、香味発生物品。 A flavor generating unit;
an upstream section disposed upstream of the flavor generating section,
the upstream portion has a first portion and a second portion;
the first portion and the second portion are disposed adjacent to each other in a cross section perpendicular to a direction in which the flavor generating portion and the upstream portion are adjacent to each other,
when the flavor-generating article is heated by a heating element, the second portion is positioned closer to the heating element than the first portion;
the upstream portion includes a first sheet member disposed between the first portion and the second portion, and a second sheet member disposed outside the second portion;
the second portion is configured to shrink upon heating;
At least one of the first sheet member and the second sheet member is configured to deform as the second portion contracts.
前記香味発生部及び前記上流部が隣接する方向と直交する断面において、前記第2部分は、前記第1部分を囲むように配置される、香味発生物品。 The flavor-generating article according to claim 1,
The flavor-generating article, wherein the second portion is disposed so as to surround the first portion in a cross section perpendicular to the direction in which the flavor-generating portion and the upstream portion are adjacent to each other.
前記第2部分は、セルロースアセテートを含む、香味発生物品。 The flavor-generating article according to claim 1 or 2,
The flavor generating article, wherein the second portion comprises cellulose acetate.
前記第2部分は、可塑剤を含む、香味発生物品。 The flavor-generating article according to any one of claims 1 to 3,
The flavor generating article wherein the second portion comprises a plasticizer.
前記第2部分に対する前記可塑剤の含有量は、6重量%以上9重量%以下である、香味発生物品。 The flavor-generating article according to claim 4,
A flavor-generating article, wherein the content of the plasticizer in the second portion is 6% by weight or more and 9% by weight or less.
前記第2部分は、上流部分と、前記上流部分より下流に位置する下流部分と、を有し、
喫煙セッションの後期において、前記下流部分の熱収縮量は、前記上流部分の熱収縮量より大きい、香味発生物品。 The flavor-generating article according to any one of claims 1 to 5,
the second portion has an upstream portion and a downstream portion located downstream from the upstream portion,
The flavor generating article wherein the amount of thermal shrinkage of the downstream portion is greater than the amount of thermal shrinkage of the upstream portion during a later period of a smoking session.
前記第1シート部材及び前記第2シート部材の一方は、前記第2部分の収縮に伴い変形する、香味発生物品。 The flavor-generating article according to any one of claims 1 to 6,
The flavor-generating article, wherein one of the first sheet member and the second sheet member deforms as the second portion contracts.
喫煙セッションの前期において、前記第2部分の吸引抵抗は、前記第1部分の吸引抵抗よりも小さく、喫煙セッションの後期において、前記第2部分の吸引抵抗は、前記第1部分の吸引抵抗より大きい、香味発生物品。 The flavor-generating article according to any one of claims 1 to 7,
A flavor generating article, wherein the resistance to draw of the second portion is less than the resistance to draw of the first portion during an early stage of a smoking session, and the resistance to draw of the second portion is greater than the resistance to draw of the first portion during a later stage of a smoking session.
喫煙セッションの前期における前記第2部分の吸引抵抗は、喫煙セッションの後期における前記第2部分の吸引抵抗よりも小さい、香味発生物品。 The flavor-generating article according to any one of claims 1 to 8,
The flavor generating article wherein the resistance to draw of the second portion during an early portion of a smoking session is less than the resistance to draw of the second portion during a later portion of a smoking session.
前記香味発生部は、前記第1部分を通過した空気が流入する第1香味源と、前記第2部分を通過した空気が流入する第2香味源と、前記第1香味源と前記第2香味源とを区画するセパレータと、を有する、香味発生物品。 The flavor-generating article according to any one of claims 1 to 9,
The flavor generating section has a first flavor source into which air that has passed through the first part flows, a second flavor source into which air that has passed through the second part flows, and a separator that separates the first flavor source from the second flavor source.
前記香味発生部の下流側に位置する下流部を備え、
前記下流部は、外部から内部に空気を流入する開孔を有する、香味発生物品。 The flavor-generating article according to any one of claims 1 to 10,
a downstream section located downstream of the flavor generating section,
The downstream portion has an opening through which air flows from the outside to the inside of the flavor-generating article.
前記下流部は、
フィルタ部と、
前記香味発生部と前記フィルタ部との間に筒状に形成された中空管部と、を有し、
前記開孔は前記中空管部に位置する、香味発生物品。 The flavor generating article according to claim 11,
The downstream portion is
A filter unit;
a hollow tube portion formed in a cylindrical shape between the flavor generating portion and the filter portion,
The flavor generating article, wherein the aperture is located in the hollow tube portion.
喫煙セッションの前期における前記上流部からの空気流入量と前記開孔からの空気流入量との比は、喫煙セッションの後期における当該上流部からの空気流入量と当該開孔からの空気流入量との比と異なる、香味発生物品。 The flavor-generating article according to claim 11 or 12,
A flavor-generating article in which the ratio of the amount of air inflow from the upstream portion to the amount of air inflow from the opening during the early part of a smoking session is different from the ratio of the amount of air inflow from the upstream portion to the amount of air inflow from the opening during the later part of a smoking session.
喫煙セッションの後期における前記開孔からの空気流入量は、喫煙セッションの前期における当該開孔からの空気流入量よりも増加する、香味発生物品。 14. The flavor generating article according to claim 13,
The flavor generating article wherein the amount of air entering through the aperture during a later period of a smoking session is greater than the amount of air entering through the aperture during an earlier period of a smoking session.
前記上流部は、その側面に外部から内部に空気を流入する通気孔を有する、香味発生物品。 The flavor-generating article according to any one of claims 1 to 14,
The upstream portion has a vent hole on a side surface thereof for allowing air to flow from the outside to the inside of the flavor-generating article.
Priority Applications (1)
| Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
|---|---|---|---|
| PCT/JP2024/008205 WO2025186891A1 (en) | 2024-03-05 | 2024-03-05 | Flavor-generating article |
Applications Claiming Priority (1)
| Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
|---|---|---|---|
| PCT/JP2024/008205 WO2025186891A1 (en) | 2024-03-05 | 2024-03-05 | Flavor-generating article |
Publications (2)
| Publication Number | Publication Date |
|---|---|
| WO2025186891A1 true WO2025186891A1 (en) | 2025-09-12 |
| WO2025186891A8 WO2025186891A8 (en) | 2025-10-02 |
Family
ID=96990254
Family Applications (1)
| Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
|---|---|---|---|
| PCT/JP2024/008205 Pending WO2025186891A1 (en) | 2024-03-05 | 2024-03-05 | Flavor-generating article |
Country Status (1)
| Country | Link |
|---|---|
| WO (1) | WO2025186891A1 (en) |
Citations (4)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| JPS4954599A (en) * | 1972-06-06 | 1974-05-27 | ||
| US4754766A (en) * | 1985-07-20 | 1988-07-05 | British-American Tobacco Company Limited | Tobacco smoke filters |
| JP2021516980A (en) * | 2018-03-29 | 2021-07-15 | ニコベンチャーズ トレーディング リミテッド | Control device for electronic aerosol supply system |
| JP2021520791A (en) * | 2018-04-09 | 2021-08-26 | フィリップ・モーリス・プロダクツ・ソシエテ・アノニム | Aerosol generating article with wrapper with heating control element |
-
2024
- 2024-03-05 WO PCT/JP2024/008205 patent/WO2025186891A1/en active Pending
Patent Citations (4)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| JPS4954599A (en) * | 1972-06-06 | 1974-05-27 | ||
| US4754766A (en) * | 1985-07-20 | 1988-07-05 | British-American Tobacco Company Limited | Tobacco smoke filters |
| JP2021516980A (en) * | 2018-03-29 | 2021-07-15 | ニコベンチャーズ トレーディング リミテッド | Control device for electronic aerosol supply system |
| JP2021520791A (en) * | 2018-04-09 | 2021-08-26 | フィリップ・モーリス・プロダクツ・ソシエテ・アノニム | Aerosol generating article with wrapper with heating control element |
Also Published As
| Publication number | Publication date |
|---|---|
| WO2025186891A8 (en) | 2025-10-02 |
Similar Documents
| Publication | Publication Date | Title |
|---|---|---|
| JP7785849B2 (en) | Smoking System | |
| JP7313437B2 (en) | Non-combustion-heated tobacco products and electrically-heated tobacco products | |
| JP7627800B2 (en) | Non-combustion heated tobacco products | |
| JP7522864B2 (en) | Non-combustion heated tobacco products and electrically heated tobacco products | |
| JP7615181B2 (en) | Non-combustion heated tobacco products | |
| WO2025186891A1 (en) | Flavor-generating article | |
| JP7659576B2 (en) | Non-combustion heated tobacco products and electrically heated tobacco products | |
| JP7522863B2 (en) | Non-combustion heated tobacco products and electrically heated tobacco products | |
| JP7640582B2 (en) | Non-combustion heated tobacco products and electrically heated tobacco products | |
| JP2025135077A (en) | Flavor-generating products | |
| WO2025052617A1 (en) | Flavor-generating article | |
| WO2025052625A1 (en) | Flavor-generating article | |
| WO2025052620A1 (en) | Flavor-generating article | |
| WO2025052618A1 (en) | Flavor-generating article and smoking system | |
| WO2025126308A1 (en) | Flavor-generating article | |
| WO2025154253A1 (en) | Flavor-generating article | |
| WO2025154255A1 (en) | Flavor inhalation system | |
| WO2025154254A1 (en) | Flavor-generating article and method for manufacturing flavor-generating article | |
| WO2025052613A1 (en) | Flavor generation article and flavor generation system | |
| WO2025243507A1 (en) | Flavor-generating article and flavor-generating system | |
| WO2025052612A1 (en) | Flavor generation article and flavor generation system | |
| WO2025203565A1 (en) | Flavor-generating article and flavor-generating system | |
| WO2025052611A1 (en) | Flavor generation article and flavor generation system | |
| WO2025126307A1 (en) | Flavor generation system | |
| WO2024189732A1 (en) | Flavor stick and non-combustion type flavor inhalation system |
Legal Events
| Date | Code | Title | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| 121 | Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application |
Ref document number: 24928551 Country of ref document: EP Kind code of ref document: A1 |